Associated British Foods Annual Report 2012

Plain-text annual report

A JOURNEY THROUGH OUR BUSINESS ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012 DOWNLOAD THE APP AND HOVER YOUR MOBILE DEVICE OVER THE PAGES TO PLAY EACH FILM. To download go to www.layar.com/download D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | T h e y e a r ’ s h g h i l i g h t s CONTENTS THE YEAR’S HIGHLIGHTS Directors’ report Business review IFC The year’s highlights 1 Who we are 2 Overview 12 Our group at a glance 14 Chairman’s statement 16 Operating review 30 Financial review Governance 32 Corporate responsibility 36 Board of directors 38 Corporate governance 52 Remuneration report 59 Other disclosures 62 Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the annual report and the ﬁnancial statements 63 Independent auditors’ report Financial statements 64 Consolidated income statement 65 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 66 Consolidated balance sheet 67 Consolidated cash ﬂow statement 68 Consolidated statement of changes in equity 69 Signiﬁcant accounting policies 74 Accounting estimates and judgements 75 Notes forming part of the ﬁnancial statements 111 Company ﬁnancial statements 116 Progress report Shareholder information 116 Company directory Group revenue £12.3bn Up 11% Adjusted operating proﬁt* £1,077m Up 17% Adjusted proﬁt before tax** Adjusted earnings per share** £974m Up 17% 87.2p Up 18% Dividends per share Net capital investment 28.5p Up 15% Net debt £1,061m Proﬁt before tax £761m Level £707m Operating proﬁt £873m Up 4% Basic earnings per share 70.3p Up 2% (cid:116)(cid:1)A very good set of results (cid:116)(cid:1)Major restructurings undertaken (cid:116)(cid:1)Banner year for AB Sugar (cid:116)(cid:1)Primark accelerates (cid:116)(cid:1)Further growth from Twinings Ovaltine (cid:116)(cid:1)Difﬁcult year for meat business in Australia and in yeast (cid:116)(cid:1)Strong group cash ﬂow * before amortisation of non-operating intangibles, proﬁts less losses on disposal of non-current assets and exceptional items. ** before amortisation of non-operating intangibles, proﬁts less losses on disposal of non-current assets, proﬁts less losses on the sale and closure of businesses and exceptional items. All adjustments to proﬁt measures are shown on the face of the consolidated income statement. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 WHO WE ARE 1 ASSOCIATED BRITISH FOODS IS A DIVERSIFIED INTERNATIONAL FOOD, INGREDIENTS AND RETAIL GROUP WITH SALES OF £12.3BN, AND 106,000 EMPLOYEES IN 47 COUNTRIES. WE AIM TO ACHIEVE STRONG, SUSTAINABLE LEADERSHIP POSITIONS IN MARKETS THAT OFFER POTENTIAL FOR PROFITABLE GROWTH, AND DELIVER QUALITY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES THAT ARE CENTRAL TO PEOPLE’S LIVES. ABF.CO.UK/AR2012 EXPERIENCE OUR STORY IN FULL HIGH-DEFINITION FILM. DOWNLOAD THE LAYAR APP AND HOVER YOUR MOBILE DEVICE OVER THE FOLLOWING PAGES TO PLAY EACH FILM. 1 2 3 4 Download the free Layar app for your mobile device from www.layar.com/download. Look for pages with the interactive icon. Open the Layar app, hold your device above the page and tap to scan it. The video will launch and play on your device. 2 GO TO PAGE 17 FOR MORE INFORMATION ABF.CO.UK/AR2012/SUGAR SUGAR REVENUE: £2,666M (2011, £2,134M) THE LARGEST BEET PROCESSING FACTORY IN THE WORLD RECORD CROP YIELDS IN THE UK Over 3 million tonnes of sugar beet are processed each year at the Wissington factory. Excellent growing conditions and sustained improvement in seed varieties and agronomy delivered record yields this year. 3 THE BEST ENERGY PERFORMANCE Over 50 megawatts can be exported by the Wissington factory to the local electricity grid – enough to meet the needs of 120,000 people. 4 GO TO PAGE 20 FOR MORE INFORMATION ABF.CO.UK/AR2012/AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE REVENUE: £1,265M (2011, £1,127M) ONE OF THE LARGEST ANIMAL FEED SUPPLIERS IN THE UK AB Agri is also fast expanding its global operations to become a major international agri business. ADDING VALUE RIGHT ACROSS THE AGRI FOOD CHAIN AB Agri’s unique breadth and experience enables it to add value and drive proﬁt for businesses all along the food, drink and biofuel supply chain. 5 WELL VERSED IN GETTING MORE FROM LESS Our mission is to help global agriculture businesses develop by supplying leading-edge, technology-based products and services. 6 GO TO PAGE 22 FOR MORE INFORMATION ABF.CO.UK/AR2012/RETAIL RETAIL REVENUE: £3,503M (2011, £3,043M) NEW STORES THAT DO JUSTICE TO THE PRIMARK BRAND Our new store design aims to provide an inspirational, exciting, fashionable and fun shopping experience for all customers. EMBRACING INNOVATIVE WAYS OF MERCHANDISING Strategically placed mannequins combine with video screens to inspire customers to choose outﬁts that are readily available on adjacent ﬁxtures. 7 A GROWING INTERNATIONAL PRESENCE Primark has 47 stores in continental Europe with plans for further expansion. 8 GO TO PAGE 25 FOR MORE INFORMATION ABF.CO.UK/AR2012/GROCERY GROCERY REVENUE: £3,726M (2011, £3,671M) BRANDS THAT CUSTOMERS LOVE, ACROSS THE GLOBE Twinings Ovaltine sells its premium tea and malted beverages in more than 100 countries. ENCOURAGING HEALTHIER HABITS TO BECOME THE NORM Kingsmill 50/50 is made with 50% white ﬂour and 50% wholemeal ﬂour to provide more ﬁbre in people’s diets. 9 MAKING SUSTAINABILITY CENTRAL TO OUR STRATEGY Jordans Ryvita changed its crispbread production process, saving 60,000 litres of water a year. 10 GO TO PAGE 28 FOR MORE INFORMATION ABF.CO.UK/AR2012/INGREDIENTS INGREDIENTS REVENUE: £1,092M (2011, £1,090M) SHARING IDEAS AND BEST PRACTICE RIGHT ACROSS THE GROUP Our Innovation Centre in the Netherlands supports the bakery ingredients business around the world. LISTENING TO OUR CUSTOMERS ACROSS THE GLOBE Products and solutions are tailored to meet our customers’ requirements wherever they operate. 11 MAKING FOOD TASTIER AND LAST LONGER Enzymes ensure that bread stays fresh longer and yeast extracts are used as natural ﬂavour enhancers. 12 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O u r g r o u p a t a g l a n c e OUR GROUP AT A GLANCE THE GROUP OPERATES THROUGH FIVE STRATEGIC BUSINESS SEGMENTS: SUGAR; AGRICULTURE; RETAIL; GROCERY AND INGREDIENTS. ABF ONLINE: A NEW CORPORATE WEBSITE AND ONLINE PRESENCE HAVE YOU SEEN OUR NEW PLC WEBSITE YET? GO ONLINE AT: ABF.CO.UK VIEW A RICHER, MORE INTERACTIVE REPORT THERE TOO: ABF.CO.UK/AR2012 SUGAR 22% of total revenue Revenue £2,666m (2011, £2,134m) Adjusted operating proﬁt £510m (2011, £315m) AGRICULTURE 10% of total revenue Revenue £1,265m (2011, £1,127m) Adjusted operating proﬁt £40m (2011, £40m) Adjusted operating proﬁt margin 19.1% (2011, 14.8%) Adjusted operating proﬁt margin 3.2% (2011, 3.5%) Return on average capital employed 26.5% (2011, 17.3%) Return on average capital employed 16.5% (2011, 19.0%) Sugar, Europe Our UK beet sugar factories produce over one million tonnes of sugar annually. Azucarera in Spain produces over 400,000 tonnes of beet sugar each year and has a cane reﬁning capacity of a further 400,000 tonnes. Sugar, China We operate ﬁve cane sugar mills in Guangxi Province and seven beet sugar factories in the north east of the country. Continuous investment has raised annual sugar capacity to 850,000 tonnes. Sugar, Southern Africa Illovo is Africa’s largest sugar producer with agricultural and production facilities in six countries. Annual sugar production is 1.8 million tonnes. AB Agri operates at the heart of the agricultural industry with activities that stretch from ﬁeld to fork. Its unique breadth and experience enable it to add value all along the food, drink and biofuel industry supply chains. AB Agri supplies products and services to farmers, feed and food manufacturers, processors and retailers. It also buys grain from farmers and supplies crop inputs through its joint venture arable operation, Frontier Agriculture. We employ over 2,000 people in the UK and China and market products in 55 countries worldwide. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 13 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O u r g r o u p a t a g l a n c e RETAIL 29% of total revenue GROCERY 30% of total revenue Revenue £3,503m (2011, £3,043m) Adjusted operating proﬁt £356m (2011, £309m) Revenue £3,726m (2011, £3,671m*) Adjusted operating proﬁt £187m (2011, £244m*) INGREDIENTS 9% of total revenue Revenue £1,092m (2011, £1,090m*) Adjusted operating proﬁt £32m (2011, £61m*) Adjusted operating proﬁt margin 10.2% (2011, 10.2%) Adjusted operating proﬁt margin 5.0% (2011, 6.6%*) Adjusted operating proﬁt margin 2.9% (2011, 5.6%*) Return on average capital employed 19.2% (2011, 18.2%) Return on average capital employed 12.2% (2011, 17.6%) Return on average capital employed 4.3% (2011, 8.3%) Primark Primark is a major retail group employing 43,000 people. It operates stores in the UK, Republic of Ireland, Spain, Portugal, Germany, the Netherlands, Belgium and Austria. It offers customers quality, up-to-the- minute fashion at value-for-money prices. Buying and merchandising teams in Dublin (Republic of Ireland) and Reading (UK) travel internationally to source and buy fashion items that best reﬂect each season’s key fashion trends. Primark’s range includes womenswear, lingerie, childrenswear, menswear, footwear, accessories, hosiery and homeware. International Twinings and Ovaltine are our global hot beverage brands. Europe Market leader in UK sugar with Silver Spoon and Billington’s. Jordans cereals, Ryvita, Kingsmill, Patak’s and Blue Dragon. The Americas Mazola is the leader in corn oil in the US. Capullo is a premium canola oil in Mexico. Tone’s, Spice Islands and Durkee are US herbs and spices brands. Australia Ham, bacon and smallgoods under Don and KRC brands. Tip Top Bakeries produce a range of well-known breads and baked goods. * Reclassiﬁed – see note 1 Yeast and bakery ingredients AB Mauri operates globally in yeast and bakery ingredient production with 49 plants in 26 countries supplying plant and artisanal bakers and the foodservice and wholesale channels. It is a technology leader in bread improvers, dough conditioners and bakery mixes. Speciality ingredients ABF Ingredients focuses on high-value ingredients for food and non-food applications. It manufactures and markets enzymes, yeast extracts, speciality proteins and lipids worldwide with manufacturing facilities in Europe, the US and China. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT BY ANY STANDARDS, AN INCREASE OF 11% IN REVENUE AND 17% IN ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT IN THE CURRENT CLIMATE IS A FINE PERFORMANCE. 14 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | C h a i r m a n ’ s s t a t e m e n t Charles Sinclair Chairman Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 I concluded my statement last year with the expectation that we would achieve growth in sales and adjusted operating proﬁt this year with the latter weighted towards the second half. I am therefore pleased that we have been able to report results throughout the course of the year that have met those expectations, despite the enduring challenges of subdued economic growth and continued pressure on consumer disposable incomes in the world’s developed economies. By any standards, an increase of 11% in revenue and 17% in adjusted operating proﬁt in the current climate is a ﬁne performance. This resulted in an 18% increase in adjusted earnings per share to 87.2p. AB Sugar delivered a ﬁrst-class result, exceeding last year’s record proﬁt following the investment made in recent years. The business beneﬁted from an excellent UK campaign, a strong European commercial market and better sugar yields across southern Africa. Primark’s rate of growth increased this year with sales of £3.5bn, more than double those of ﬁve years ago. It was particularly exciting to see new store openings in Germany greeted with the same degree of customer enthusiasm as that experienced in the UK, with Berlin setting a new Primark record for sales made on the ﬁrst day of trading. AB Agri also had a very good year. In recent years this business has evolved successfully from selling traditional animal feeds in the UK to producing high-value premixes, enzymes and technical ingredients and providing value-adding advisory and marketing services to the global agricultural market. 15 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | C h a i r m a n ’ s s t a t e m e n t This year was not without its challenges, however, as evidenced by the results of our Grocery and Ingredients business segments. Although Twinings Ovaltine delivered another good result with continued growth, particularly in its developing markets, a mix of strong competition, a continued strain on consumer spending and high costs for a number of commodities led to lower proﬁtability in both of these segments. A combination of management action to reduce the cost base together with increased investment in marketing and new product development, enabled most of the businesses in these segments to enter the new ﬁnancial year on a sound footing. It was, nevertheless, disappointing that earlier this year we announced that these actions were not sufﬁcient to avoid a non-cash impairment of the Don KRC assets in Australia. However this business has already made substantial operational improvements and a recovery plan is in place. It is noteworthy that even if adjusted earnings are reduced by this exceptional charge they still show a 6% increase over last year. Recent years have seen substantial capital investment in the food businesses with a number of projects spanning several years. These have now largely come to an end and our capital expenditure was lower as a result. Investment during the year included construction of the relocated sugar factory at Zhangbei in China and a new yeast plant in Mexico. As we continued to pursue the big retail expansion opportunity in continental Europe, capital expenditure on Primark reached £326m last year, and we expect a high level of expenditure on Primark to continue. FOLLOWING LAST YEAR’S CASH OUTFLOW, THE LOWER LEVEL OF CAPITAL INVESTMENT TOGETHER WITH THE HIGHER PROFIT AND LOWER WORKING CAPITAL RESULTED IN A STRONG CASH FLOW THIS YEAR. Following last year’s cash outﬂow, the lower level of capital investment together with the higher proﬁt and lower working capital resulted in a strong cash ﬂow this year. Even taking into account the acquisition of Elephant Atta for £34m, net debt at the year end was £224m lower at £1,061m. Directors As announced last November, we welcomed Emma Adamo to the board at the conclusion of last year’s annual general meeting. Emma was educated at Stanford University and INSEAD and is a director of Wittington Investments Limited. Employees The trading environment for many of our businesses has been difﬁcult this year and, while credit is clearly due to those who have made progress, those working in the businesses most affected by adverse market conditions are, perhaps, all the more deserving of our thanks and appreciation for their strenuous efforts. On behalf of shareholders, I thank all our employees for the contribution they have made to the group’s success in the past year. Primark has created 10,000 new jobs across the UK and continental Europe this year at a time of high unemployment, particularly for young people. The average number of people employed by the group worldwide increased during the year to 106,000. Dividends I am pleased to report that a ﬁnal dividend of 20.0p is proposed, to be paid on 11 January 2013 to shareholders on the register on 7 December 2012. Together with the interim dividend of 8.5p paid on 6 July 2012, this will make a total of 28.5p for the year, an increase of 15%. Outlook Global economic uncertainty looks set to remain a feature of the new ﬁnancial year and in recent months we have seen an increase in some of our commodity costs, notably cereals. We expect a reduction in proﬁt from AB Sugar, as a result of lower EU production, to be more than offset by further growth at Primark and some recovery in Grocery. We therefore expect the group to make some further progress in this new ﬁnancial year but, in contrast to last year, this will be weighted towards the ﬁrst half. Charles Sinclair Chairman Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 16 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O p e r a t i n g r e v i e w OPERATING REVIEW THESE ARE VERY GOOD RESULTS FOR THE GROUP AND INCLUDE EXCEPTIONAL PERFORMANCES FROM AB SUGAR AND PRIMARK. GLOBAL ECONOMIC UNCERTAINTY REMAINS BUT WE HAVE OPPORTUNITIES FOR FURTHER INVESTMENT AND THE STRENGTH OF THE GROUP BALANCE SHEET AND A STRONG CASH FLOW WILL ENABLE US TO PURSUE THEM WITH CONFIDENCE. George Weston Chief Executive In 2012 the group’s revenue increased by 11% to £12.3bn and adjusted operating proﬁt was 17% ahead of the previous year exceeding the one billion pound mark for the ﬁrst time at £1,077m. agreed between the businesses and the centre. Business performance is closely monitored by the centre and capital is allocated to businesses where returns meet or exceed clearly deﬁned criteria. This was an extremely good year but it shouldn’t be considered in isolation. The compound annual growth of revenue and proﬁt achieved over the last 10 years is 10% and 11% respectively. This long-term performance is a direct result of our business model. Our businesses are organised so that they are close to the markets and customers they serve and the corporate centre is consequently small. Operational decisions are made by the businesses and strategy is AB Sugar delivered a further signiﬁcant improvement in proﬁt this year driven by its European businesses and Illovo. AB Agri matched last year’s record performance. Primark delivered excellent growth with a substantial increase in retail selling space and like-for-like growth at the top of its peer group. In Grocery, Twinings Ovaltine, Jordans Ryvita and Silver Spoon achieved good growth but overall proﬁt was held back by restructuring charges taken to Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 lower the cost base, and a difﬁcult trading environment for George Weston Foods. The further decline in Ingredients’ proﬁt was disappointing. The major investment in our sugar businesses in recent years has been an important driver of the substantial growth in Sugar proﬁts. The acquisition of Azucarera in Iberia has proved to be a very sound investment and has been a key contributor to the increased proﬁtability over the last two years. The investment in capacity expansion across southern Africa is now delivering better returns for Illovo and the development of our presence in China, in both cane and beet sugar, has built a platform for future growth. Our European businesses have beneﬁted from ﬁrmer pricing and higher sugar production this year. Although we expect prices in the EU to remain ﬁrm, proﬁt in the coming year will be affected by reduced European production, as a consequence of lower yields, and higher beet costs for British Sugar. Primark’s result reﬂects continued growth in the UK, including the opening of a ﬂagship store in Edinburgh, and a major step forward in continental Europe. Retail selling space in Iberia was increased by almost half, our presence in Germany was strengthened by the opening of four large stores, and we continue to develop our regional distribution network with the opening of the Mönchengladbach distribution centre. The excitement that continues to be generated by each new store opening and the sales densities that we are achieving in continental Europe afford us the conﬁdence to believe that Primark is capable of much further growth. Once again, Twinings Ovaltine demonstrated its ability to generate strong revenue growth for both the Twinings and Ovaltine brands which resulted in higher proﬁt. However, the continued pressure on consumer disposable incomes in the world’s developed economies created a challenging environment for the businesses in Grocery. To succeed in this environment it is important to be a low-cost supplier and the management teams in George Weston Foods and Allied Bakeries made good progress in reducing their cost base. The ﬁnancial results reﬂect the cost of this management action. It was a difﬁcult year for the meat business in Australia but the new factory is now operating more efﬁciently and the focus for the coming year will be on increasing volumes. The effects of a combination of high input costs and increased competition for yeast this year contributed to a further decline in margin for Ingredients. We are committed to this business and have focused our attention on the need to develop a more differentiated bakery ingredients proposition. We made a number of management changes during the year, including the appointment of a new chief executive, and the strengthened team will drive the implementation of the new business proposition across the group. Net capital investment in the group was £707m this year which included a higher level of expenditure for Primark on new stores, and on the reﬁt and extension of existing stores, as we increased the retail selling space by 13%. Continental Europe accounted for the vast majority of this investment but selling space in the UK still increased by 5%. We completed construction of the Vivergo bioethanol plant in Hull and continued the investment in efﬁcient production at Allied Bakeries. We made good progress with construction of the new yeast factory in Mexico and the relocation of the Zhangbei sugar factory in China will be completed in time for processing the new season’s beet later this year. In the coming ﬁnancial year we expect to maintain the level of investment in new stores for Primark but will see some reduction in the level of expenditure in the rest of the group. Summary The last ﬁnancial year presented us with a number of challenges, and continued weakness in the economies of our developed markets suggests that 2013 will also be challenging. However, the diversity of the group’s operations, our commitment to new product development, an exciting new store opening programme for Primark, the strength of the group balance sheet and a strong cash ﬂow give us every reason to believe that we can meet the challenges ahead with conﬁdence. George Weston Chief Executive SUGAR AB SUGAR IS A LEADING MULTINATIONAL IN THE GROWING MARKET FOR SUGAR AND SUGAR DERIVED PRODUCTS AND CO-PRODUCTS. 17 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i Revenue £2,666m +25% Adjusted operating proﬁt £510m +62% Adjusted operating proﬁt margin 19.1% 2011, 14.8% Return on average capital employed 26.5% 2011, 17.3% | O p e r a t i n g r e v i e w In the EU, Azucarera is the major producer in Iberia and British Sugar is the sole processor of the UK sugar beet crop and Europe’s most efﬁcient producer. Illovo is the largest sugar processor in Africa and is one of the world’s foremost low-cost producers. The group also has substantial businesses in China producing cane sugar in the south and beet sugar in the north east. The group currently operates 34 plants in ten countries and is capable of producing some 5.5 million tonnes of sugar and 600 million litres of ethanol each year. It also has the capacity to generate power sufﬁcient to meet most of its internal needs. AB Sugar aims to achieve growth through excellence in agriculture and operations, the application of new technologies for the sustainable processing of beet and cane, and the further development of co-products. AB Sugar made signiﬁcant advances during the year with revenue ahead by 25% and proﬁt up 62% reﬂecting higher sugar production and strong commercial markets in the EU and Africa, and a continued focus on performance improvement in agriculture and processing. Proﬁt in China was lower as a result of a weakening of sugar prices during the year. In the UK, proﬁt from British Sugar was well ahead of last year reﬂecting the excellent campaign, higher sugar production and ﬁrmer prices. The absence of the weather- related challenges of last year resulted in the production of 1.3 million tonnes of sugar compared with just under 1.0 million tonnes in 2011. 2012 marked the centenary of the UK beet sugar industry and also saw British growers delivering record beet yields. While growers beneﬁted from excellent conditions, the achievement of record yields for the ﬁfth year out of the last seven conﬁrms the progress the industry has made in harnessing applied science and innovation. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 18 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O p e r a t i n g r e v i e w SUGAR CONTINUED Investment in processing and a continuing programme of business improvement enabled a strong factory performance in the year. This included the successful commissioning of the CO2 liquefaction facility at the Wissington sugar factory which utilises the CO2 produced during fermentation by the existing bioethanol plant. Improvements made by Azucarera’s growers contributed to record Spanish beet yields. Combined with a continued focus on raising factory performance and extraction rates, this resulted in the northern factories producing a total of 388,000 tonnes of sugar from beet in the 2011/12 campaign. The southern beet campaign, which commenced in early June and ﬁnished in August, produced 80,000 tonnes of sugar. The Guadalete reﬁnery again increased its output, processing 303,000 tonnes of cane sugar against last year’s 248,000 tonnes. A further 70,000 tonnes of co-reﬁned cane sugar was produced at the three northern factories. The advances made in recent years by both Azucarera and British Sugar in manufacturing productivity and agricultural development have made a major contribution to their ﬁnancial performance and underscore the importance of continued investment in efﬁciency improvement. However, further improvements are required if these businesses are to become globally competitive and we believe the ending of sugar quotas in 2015, as proposed by the European Commission, is premature and is likely to jeopardise further investment in the European industry. AB Sugar is engaged with policymakers in the EU to explore alternative options for sugar reform. The tariffs for sugar imports into the EU are not affected by these proposals. Construction of Vivergo’s bioethanol plant in Hull is now complete with production coming on stream by the end of this calendar year. The plant uses feed wheat and has the capacity to produce up to 420 million litres of bioethanol and up to 500,000 tonnes of high-protein, high-ﬁbre animal feed. Illovo made good progress, recovering from the impact of low sucrose levels in the cane across the region and the severe drought in South Africa last year. Sugar production increased to 1.8 million tonnes compared to 1.6 million tonnes last year. The increased volumes in South Africa enabled the Umzimkulu mill to be reopened in March 2012 following last season’s closure because of a shortfall in cane supplies. In Zambia and Swaziland, which have both seen recent investment in production and agricultural expansion, operations ran close to design capacity. Positive market conditions, combined with a more favourable rand/dollar exchange rate, led to higher domestic sugar revenues. However, the economic environment in Malawi remains challenging and the kwacha was devalued on 7 May 2012. Local sugar prices were increased as a result of the devaluation which, together with higher export earnings, more than offset increased operating costs in local currency terms. The devaluation had no material effect on proﬁt when translated into sterling. As announced in July, the Mali government was unable to fulﬁl its undertaking to fund the agricultural component of a project to develop Illovo’s sugar business in the country. When combined with the deteriorating security situation, the project risk was considered to have increased to an unsupportable level and the decision was taken to terminate further involvement in the project. Illovo’s investment in pre- project expenditure of £15m has been written off and charged as a loss on closure of businesses in the income statement. This charge was largely offset by the realisation of deferred proﬁt on the disposal, in November 2009, of the group’s former Polish sugar operations. Illovo also markets a number of co-products which have become an increasingly important contributor to its results. These range from food-grade, industrial and agricultural products manufactured at the Sezela plant and at its ethanol distilleries in South Africa, to the export of electricity to the Swaziland national grid by the Ubombo sugar mill. A potable alcohol distillery at Kilombero in Tanzania is currently under construction and is due to be commissioned in 2013. In China, further progress was made in the north, both in factory efﬁciency and in beet plantings and yield, with sugar production increasing from 210,000 tonnes to 287,000 tonnes. Factories concentrated on improving manufacturing performance through higher energy efﬁciency and extraction rates, and previous investment in beet handling drove record throughput at the Yi’an factory. Heavy rains in January 2012 constrained output in south China with volumes almost level with last year at 405,000 tonnes. China’s national 2011/12 sugar production was 1.0 million tonnes higher than last year which, combined with lower prices for sugar imports, led to weaker domestic selling prices and consequently lower operating proﬁt for our Chinese operations. Relocation of the Zhangbei beet sugar factory is almost complete and will be operational in time for the new season campaign. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 19 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O p e r a t i n g r e v i e w AB SUGAR: WORKING HARD TO ENSURE CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT Performance improvement is central to AB Sugar’s commitment to delivering operational excellence through sustainable intensiﬁcation and advanced manufacturing. Its performance improvement and people development programmes operate across all of the business regions. » Zambia hourly crush rate 2012/13: 653 tonnes 2011/12: 645 tonnes 2010/11: 641 tonnes These programmes bring together experts from within the businesses to exchange and translate technical information into cost advantage ensuring the application of best practice and the extension of technical knowledge boundaries. AB Sugar has invested in continuous improvement programmes designed to utilise more fully the latest tools and techniques. For example, Illovo has initiated a new programme ‘Towards Illovo Best Practice’ which introduces standardised management processes that deliver improvement projects efﬁciently and effectively with more predictable and consistent outcomes. In British Sugar, a core team provides continuous improvement expertise and programme management skills, enabling the business to build capability and deliver improvements to both operational and transactional processes. A recent success has been the implementation of a revised and streamlined ﬁnancial budgeting process, releasing signiﬁcant resource back into the business. A key area of focus for all of our sugar businesses is the operation of our plants at full capacity. Benchmarking identiﬁes opportunities and group-wide technical and logistical knowledge provides solutions. Illovo’s Nakambala site in Zambia has beneﬁted from this cross-group expertise, with the operation signiﬁcantly improving its performance following its two-year expansion project. By identifying bottlenecks, the team re-engineered the plant and is achieving an average hourly crush rate for the 2012/13 season that is well above its design capacity. During the year AB Sugar launched its Sugar Beet Centre of Excellence, which aims to increase crop yields by improving agricultural processes, harnessing developments in agronomics and crop genetics, and by working with growers to apply best practice. The Beet Centre of Excellence brings together global specialists from the entire beet supply chain, including seed and input experts, research scientists, growers and process technologists. It is supporting our beet sugar businesses in north China, Spain and the UK in the delivery of their yield growth plans. This approach is being replicated in Africa and south China with the recent launch of a Sugar Cane Centre of Excellence. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 20 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O p e r a t i n g r e v i e w AGRICULTURE AB AGRI IS AN ESTABLISHED MAJOR FORCE IN UK AGRICULTURE AND IS INCREASINGLY OPERATING ON A GLOBAL SCALE. IT SUPPLIES TECHNOLOGY-BASED PRODUCTS AND SERVICES TO FARMERS, FEED AND FOOD MANUFACTURERS, PROCESSORS AND RETAILERS. It also buys grain from UK farmers and supplies them with crop inputs through its joint venture, Frontier. Operating across the agricultural supply chain, AB Agri manufactures high-performance compound feeds, provides world-leading analytical services, nutritional advice and poultry marketing services for customers. It provides an added-value service to food, drink and bioethanol companies internationally, by marketing their co-products as animal feed, which in turn helps to reduce the costs of production for its farming customer base. It also supplies the livestock and pet industries with premixes, enzymes and other technical ingredients which are increasingly important growth drivers for the business. AB Agri delivered another good performance with revenues 12% ahead and proﬁt in line with last year’s strong result. The UK feed business beneﬁted from higher volumes of sugar beet feed but saw some margin erosion in the pig and poultry feed markets reﬂecting another difﬁcult year for the UK livestock industry. Frontier continued to trade well. Earnings from grain trading were at more normal levels which reﬂected less movement in wheat prices during the year. High crop prices underpinned good farm proﬁtability and Frontier beneﬁted from continued high demand for fertiliser, seed and crop protection products. Premier Nutrition increased its UK market share in broiler and ruminant premixes but suffered margin erosion in Eastern Europe. The weakening of the euro affected the competitiveness of exported piglet starter feed and pet premixes into the Eurozone. The major building and engineering operations for UK expansion are now complete and plant commissioning is well under way. Revenue £1,265m +12% AB Vista continued to expand its geographic presence and share of the feed enzyme market, with a particularly good performance in the Asia Paciﬁc region. The main growth driver was the Quantum phytase range including the recently launched product, Quantum Blue. AB Vista also recently ﬁnalised an arrangement that will see it become a major global supplier of betaine to the animal nutrition sector. During the year, AB Sustain acquired a small UK-based business, specialising in the development, implementation and auditing of systems which promote continuous improvement in agricultural supply chains across the world. AB Sustain also won the Sainsbury’s Supplier ‘Making it Happen‘ award in recognition of its outstanding customer support and service. Progress was made in China with increased compound and sugar beet feed sales volumes together with new products for the feed ingredients market. Agreement was reached recently with a major US multinational to build a new feed mill in China to service its local poultry feed requirements. Adjusted operating proﬁt £40m Level Adjusted operating proﬁt margin 3.2% 2011, 3.5% Return on average capital employed 16.5% 2011, 19.0% Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 21 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O p e r a t i n g r e v i e w QUANTUM BLUE: A CROSS-DIVISIONAL COLLABORATION SUCCESS STORY In January 2012, a new phytase product Quantum Blue was launched to the global animal nutrition market. This was the result of a highly effective partnership between AB Enzymes and AB Vista, in collaboration with Roal, our manufacturing joint venture in Finland. » First created in 2004 as the feed ingredients arm of AB Agri, AB Vista has since grown to be the third largest enzyme supplier to the global feed industry. AB Vista works closely with sister company AB Enzymes, based in Darmstadt, Germany, and with Roal. This collaboration created a winning combination of market-leading technologies and expertise in R&D, manufacturing and marketing for the Quantum Blue product launch. In March 2008, the two ABF sister companies worked together on the successful acquisition of a start-up phytase business under the brand name, Quantum. In animal nutrition, phytases are added to feed to release phosphorus and other nutrients that are bound to indigestible plant phytate. Releasing these nutrients reduces feed cost and also reduces pollution risk from manure. Over the last four years, sales of the original Quantum phytase product have increased substantially, resulting in signiﬁcant market share gains. Building on this success, superior variants of Quantum were screened for enhanced thermostability and phytate degradation and in August 2009 a new variant, now known as Quantum Blue, was selected. The companies are justiﬁably proud of their ‘molecule to market’ time span of around half the industry standard of six to eight years, utilising innovative technologies and expertise to achieve superior performance. As an enhanced E.coli phytase, Quantum Blue goes beyond the capabilities of its predecessors to deliver greater phosphorus release, more consistently than any other commercially available phytase. Quantum Blue is intrinsically thermostable and therefore does not need to be coated, enabling quick release of the active enzyme in the animal’s digestive system. In January 2012, Quantum Blue was launched at the International Poultry Exhibition in Atlanta, USA. Regional launch events and seminars have taken place across the globe in Thailand, Korea, Brazil and Mexico supporting the local regulatory approvals of the product. Nine months after the launch, Quantum Blue is already sold in 17 countries across North America, Latin America, Asia and the Indian subcontinent, and has grown to represent a signiﬁcant proportion of total AB Vista phytase sales. This is a great example of how close collaboration and effective teamwork can bring new product innovations to the market efﬁciently. In early 2012, a global survey was conducted by AB Vista among customers and non- customers and 54% of respondents ranked AB Vista as the most innovative phytase supplier in the market. The global phytase market is estimated to be worth over £250 million and is growing at 7– 8% per annum. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 The Phytase revolution Quantum Blue Quantum phytase Bacterial phytase Fungal phytase It offers customers quality, up-to-the- minute fashion at value-for-money prices. Further expansion saw the creation of 10,000 new jobs during the year with the business employing more than 43,000 people by the year end. Revenue was 17% ahead of last year at constant exchange rates. As a result of the weakening of the euro in the second half of the year, the increase was 15% when translated at actual exchange rates. This excellent result was driven by an increase in retail selling space and like-for-like sales growth of 3% for the full year. UK trading was particularly strong during the summer and sales in continental Europe remained buoyant. Trading in newly opened stores exceeded expectations and the opening of the new store in Berlin in July saw our most successful ﬁrst day’s sales ever. Sales of the autumn/winter range in the new ﬁnancial year are encouraging. RETAIL PRIMARK IS A MAJOR CLOTHING RETAILER WITH STORES IN THE UK, IRELAND, SPAIN, PORTUGAL, GERMANY, THE NETHERLANDS, BELGIUM AND AUSTRIA. 22 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O p e r a t i n g r e v i e w Revenue £3,503m +15% Adjusted operating proﬁt £356m +15% Adjusted operating proﬁt margin 10.2% 2011, 10.2% Return on average capital employed 19.2% 2011, 18.2% Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 23 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O p e r a t i n g r e v i e w The operating proﬁt margin at 10.2% was level with that achieved last year. In the ﬁrst half margins were lower than last year reﬂecting the absorption of high cotton costs and the increase in VAT in the UK, which we chose not to pass on to customers. As expected, margins in the second half increased reﬂecting the fall in cotton prices. Operating margins are expected to improve further in the ﬁrst half of the new ﬁnancial year with the beneﬁt of lower cotton prices but will be partly constrained by the three percentage point increase in VAT rates in Spain from 1 September 2012. Operating proﬁt at constant currency was 17% higher than last year reﬂecting the strong revenue growth. At actual exchange rates proﬁt was 15% ahead. Primark continued to make signiﬁcant progress with its ethical trade programme during the year. A member of the Ethical Trading Initiative (ETI) since 2006, it is now ranked at ‘Leader’ level which is the highest status achievable. The ETI classiﬁes a Leader as “tackling the root causes of labour rights problems beyond individual workplaces with collaborative initiatives aimed at the sectorial level and in raw material or component supply”. Achievement of this ranking demonstrates the hard work and commitment made by Primark to ensuring that workers making our products are paid fairly, treated well, and work in decent conditions. The impact of our in- country teams of ethical trading specialists has been signiﬁcant in supporting sustainable improvements within supplier factories, providing greater visibility across the supply chain as well as improving the management of our audit programme. We conducted 1,795 audits in the last calendar year and ethical trade training continues to be provided to every new Primark employee. Our new store design aims to provide an inspirational, exciting, fashionable and fun shopping environment for all customers. Strategically placed mannequins combine with video screens to inspire customers to choose outﬁts that are readily available on adjacent ﬁxtures. Prominent directional signage allows easy navigation through the store and the conﬁdent expression of our Primark brand on building facades and at various focal points encourages customers to feel engaged with the brand. Customer service has been enhanced by providing a higher ratio of ﬁtting rooms and cash registers to ensure a smoother experience when trying outﬁts on and paying for them. The pace of store and retail selling space expansion increased this year. By the ﬁnancial year end we had opened 19 new stores and added 0.9 million sq ft of selling space bringing the total to 242 stores and 8.2 million sq ft. Three new stores were NEW STORE OPENINGS: Alicante (Spain) Badajoz (Spain) Barcelona (Spain) Cordoba (Spain) Majadahonda (Spain) Malaga (Spain) Pamplona (Spain) Parque-sur, Madrid (Spain) Valencia (Spain) Braga Parque (Portugal) Coimbra (Portugal) Essen (Germany) Hannover (Germany) Saarbrucken (Germany) Schloss Strasse, Berlin (Germany) Zaandam (the Netherlands) Chelmsford (UK) Edinburgh (UK) Livingston (UK) UK concessions: Selfridges, Birmingham Selfridges, Manchester Relocations: Metro Centre, Gateshead (UK) Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 24 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O p e r a t i n g r e v i e w RETAIL CONTINUED opened in the UK, 11 in Iberia and ﬁve in northern continental Europe. Highlights of the year included a major expansion in Iberia, particularly Spain, the opening of a ﬂagship store on Princes Street in Edinburgh and four large stores in Germany. The new store in Berlin achieved the distinction of becoming Primark’s highest grossing store on an opening day. The momentum of our store opening programme has continued into the new ﬁnancial year with our second store on London’s Oxford Street and our ﬁrst store in Austria, in Innsbruck, during September. The new Oxford Street store has 82,000 sq ft of selling space over four ﬂoors and showcases Primark’s latest design concept incorporating enhanced visual merchandising, branding, ﬁxtures, lighting and state-of-the-art video screens showing the latest campaigns. A further 12 stores will have opened before Christmas, including a second store in Austria. By the spring of next year we will also have completed the expansion of our city centre stores in Manchester, Newcastle and Mary Street in Dublin, featuring the new store design. We have invested further to improve the efﬁciency, and increase the capacity, of our logistics network. In August we opened a new, purpose-built depot in Mönchengladbach in the west of Germany with 425,000 sq ft of warehouse space. This increases our total warehouse capability to 2.7 million sq ft, adding to the footprint of our existing depots in Ireland, the UK and Spain and enabling a more ﬂexible response to the needs of our customers in northern Europe. Store expansion by region September 2011 Change in year September 2012 Sept 2012 UK Iberia Republic of Ireland sq ft 000 5,190 235 5,425 +5% stores 154 3 157 sq ft 000 760 340 1,100 +45% stores 24 11 35 sq ft 000 1,010 – 1,010 – stores 38 – 38 Northern Continental Europe sq ft 000 320 345 665 +108% stores 7 5 12 Total sq ft 000 7,280 920 8,200 +13% stores 223 19 242 MÖNCHENGLADBACH DEPOT: THE HEART OF OUR NORTHERN EUROPEAN OPERATIONS Operating a supply chain that delivers over two million items to stores every single day of the year requires an eye for detail and a relentless focus on efﬁciency and effectiveness. » Freight delivery to new centre Reduction of 3.9m road miles A key part of this is to ensure the network is synchronised with the store estate and its service requirements. As our store numbers in northern continental Europe expanded, there came a point where the estate could justify its own distribution depot. Previously, deliveries to Rotterdam, Berlin and all points in between were made from our warehouse in Naas, Republic of Ireland – efﬁcient for stock holding but not for delivery economics. Working with our distribution partner, we undertook a detailed study to determine the optimum location from which to serve our stores, and then to design and construct the depot at the chosen location, Regiopark, Mönchengladbach in Germany. The result is a 425,000 sq ft distribution centre that commenced operations in August this year. The building has an additional 175,000 sq ft of mezzanine ﬂoor for a state-of-the-art mechanised garment- on-hanger system. Overall this gives us the capacity to hold 60,000 sets and 700,000 cartons in stock. The latest systems technology is deployed with a warehouse management system that includes leading-edge voice-picking technology. Inbound freight now arrives at Rotterdam and travels by train or barge for most of its journey to the Mönchengladbach site. The close proximity of the depot to our stores means that next day delivery is now a reality – we will get product to stores some eight to nine days faster than at present, a lifetime in the world of fast fashion. It also means a saving of 3.9 million road miles per annum. This new distribution centre completes another phase of our supply chain transformation, supporting geographical expansion and ending a substantial, and complex, period of restructuring. Last year we completed an extension and new garment-on-hanger system for our warehouse in Torija, Spain. This year has seen an extension of 140,000 sq ft to our Thrapston, UK depot and the completion of an extension and new garment-on- hanger system at the new Naas distribution depot – optimum facilities, in the right locations, driving an efﬁcient supply chain every day. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 25 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O p e r a t i n g r e v i e w Revenue £3,726m +1% Adjusted operating proﬁt £187m -23% Adjusted operating proﬁt margin 5.0% 2011, 6.6%* Return on average capital employed 12.2% 2011, 17.6% * Restated – see note 1 GROCERY GROCERY COMPRISES OUR CONSUMER- FACING BUSINESSES THAT MANUFACTURE AND MARKET A VARIETY OF GROCERY BRANDS BOTH NATIONALLY AND INTERNATIONALLY. Twinings Ovaltine has the broadest geographic reach selling its premium teas and malted beverages in more than 100 countries. The UK grocery businesses produce well-known household brands including Kingsmill, Silver Spoon, Jordans, Ryvita, Patak’s and Blue Dragon. ACH is a speciality food business operating across North America and Mexico. Among its market-leading products are Mazola corn oil, Karo corn syrup and the leading corn starch brand, Argo. George Weston Foods in Australia produces a range of meats, breads and baked goods including Tip Top, the country’s leading food brand. Grocery revenue increased by 1% but adjusted operating proﬁt declined by 23% reﬂecting primarily the cost of restructuring at George Weston Foods in Australia and Allied Bakeries in the UK, together with the difﬁcult retail and competitor environment in Australia. Twinings Ovaltine, our most proﬁtable grocery business, maintained the momentum of last year achieving sales growth and share gains in its four largest tea markets. Marketing investment was substantially increased throughout the business. In the UK, we launched the very successful ‘Gets you back to you’ television campaign which contributed to our market share increase. In the US, growth was driven by the K-cup single- serve format which has expanded beyond foodservice into the grocery channel where we are now the leading tea brand in this format. Twinings had a particularly successful year in Australia, increasing its market share with an effective marketing campaign including consumer trial. Following last year’s factory expansion in China and completion of the new factory in Poland, the ﬁnal stages of investment in the Andover factory, which supplies the UK market, is due to complete before the end of the calendar year. New production lines enabled further improvements to be made in tea packaging. Ovaltine achieved strong growth in Thailand and other developing markets with particular success in Brazil, where we have now also introduced a ‘ready to drink’ format, and Indochina. UK consumers have continued to seek value from product choice, promotions and price in response to sustained pressure on household incomes. The market remained competitive for Allied Bakeries with promotional activity reducing margins and the recent increase in wheat costs will give rise to further margin pressure in the coming year. However, good progress was made during the year in reducing the cost base with the closure of two small bakeries and a re-engineering of business processes to reduce overheads. Whilst delivering a signiﬁcant change agenda the business has continued to focus on both understanding and meeting customer and consumer needs. This was recognised by The Grocer magazine which named Allied Bakeries as its branded bakery supplier of the year for the fourth year in succession. Kingsmill’s largest sub-brand, 50/50, continues to be a key driver of Allied Bakeries’ performance having become the number one brand in the healthier white bread segment last year, and its range has been successfully extended into wraps, pitta pockets and mufﬁns. The capital expenditure programme to upgrade and modernise the equipment in the bakeries was accelerated during the year to realise, more quickly, the beneﬁts of greater reliability, improved consistency and lower costs. The upgraded bread plant and new silos at Stockport came on stream in September creating one of the most advanced bakeries in the UK. Jordans and Ryvita performed strongly in the UK with both brands responding well to effective advertising. Ryvita Thins won the Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 26 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O p e r a t i n g r e v i e w GROCERY CONTINUED REDUCING OUR WATER USAGE AT JORDANS RYVITA Jordans Ryvita wins ﬁrst ever ‘Waitrose Way’ Environmental Sustainability award for saving 60,000 litres of water a year. » The ‘Waitrose Way’ awards are the ﬁrst ever awards issued by UK supermarket chain, Waitrose to its suppliers for environmental sustainability projects that mirror the values of their business. They were judged by leading independent environmentalists and corporate social responsibility experts in the UK. Ryvita crispbread is made using a traditional Scandinavian ‘Iced Crispbread’ recipe – where the dough is chilled before it is baked. This allows pockets of air to form in the mix and means that yeast is not required in the recipe. Historically, Ryvita crispbread dough mix was chilled in vats using blocks of ice. This developed over time into a continuous process whereby wet dough was fed through machines called ‘combinators’ that cooled it down. These machines used a chemical refrigerant, 500kg The amount of water and dough previously wasted through temperature rises in process which took some time to achieve its optimum temperature from start-up. As a result every time the machine was started, approximately 500kg of dough and water mix was wasted as the temperature gradually reduced to the required level. In 2011 a series of measures was taken to reduce the amount of water used in the process. In order to achieve this the business had to re-think the entire manufacturing process and identiﬁed that by using an improved ﬂour blend and mixing the rye dough thoroughly at the outset it was possible to create the same pockets of air in the dough that had traditionally been achieved through ‘icing’. In what is only the third major change to the manufacturing process of Ryvita crispbread since it was ﬁrst launched in 1925, the ‘combinators’ were removed and new mixers installed, entirely eliminating 60,000 litres of water waste overnight. It also meant we could stop using chemical refrigerants. 3rd This is only the third major change to the manufacturing process since it was ﬁrst launched in 1925 60,000 The number of litres of water saved per year since the new production process began 1st Jordans Ryvita is the ﬁrst company to be awarded the ‘Waitrose Way’ award Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 healthy product of the year award and Jordans saw continued success in granola where it is the leading brand in the segment. The business also had a good year internationally with particularly strong sales growth for both brands in Canada, driven by increased distribution following the move from two distributors to one, and the building of a dedicated sales and marketing team in Toronto. The transfer of crackerbread manufacture from Stockport to Poole was completed during the year and the new plant is now fully functioning. The business was recognised during the year for its commitment to sustainability, winning the ‘Waitrose Way’ award for its work on water conservation at the Poole factory. Silver Spoon had a good year but volumes and margins came under pressure towards the end of the year from increased competition in the consumer sugar market. Growth in caster and icing sugar for home baking was offset by a decline in granulated and brown sugars as consumers sought cheaper alternatives. The Allinson ﬂour brand continued to grow strongly, particularly as a result of increased distribution of its Nature Friendly plain and self-raising ﬂours. In January, in partnership with Cargill, we launched the Truvia sweetener brand in the UK, the ﬁrst stevia-based, zero calorie sweetener. The launch was supported with television and radio advertising as well as in-store promotional activity and has built a leading position in the sweetener category. AB World Foods operated in a competitive trading environment throughout the year with an increased level of promotional activity which, although supporting volumes, had an adverse effect on margins. Blue Dragon became the UK’s largest oriental ambient brand with strong sales growth following its successful relaunch last year and Patak’s also achieved good growth albeit driven by promotional activity. The UK and Polish factories both performed well with Poland in particular beneﬁting from record volumes. Although the ethnic food industry remained weak, especially in the hard-pressed Chinese takeaway sector, Westmill’s revenues held up well. The noodles business, spearheaded by our leading brand in the sector, Lucky Boat, continued to gain share with sales to industrial customers, as well as Chinese restaurants, ahead of last year. Investment in a third noodle line at the Trafford factory during the year consolidated our position as the largest and most efﬁcient noodle 27 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O p e r a t i n g r e v i e w manufacturer in the UK. On 5 July we acquired the leading ethnic ﬂour brand in the UK, Elephant Atta, together with a number of smaller related ethnic ﬂour brands which are used to make chapatti and other unleavened ﬂat breads. This business will complement Westmill’s other leading ethnic brands including Tolly Boy rice and Rajah spices. At ACH in the US, vegetable oil volumes increased beneﬁting from a recent price reduction, while home baking and spices volumes were level with last year. Oil costs remained high for most of the year but sales and margins recovered from last year’s levels. Continued increases in raw material costs, with an inability to recover them fully, impacted margins in the ﬂavours business. Signiﬁcant investment was made during the year in new product launches in baking and in the sauces/marinades category, capitalising on the strength of the ACH brands. In Mexico, a weaker peso and continued competitive pressure resulted in lower volumes and operating proﬁt. Stratas achieved further margin improvement with better oil procurement and by reducing overheads. In Australia, the difﬁcult retail and competitor environment experienced by George Weston Foods led to lower revenues and an operating loss for the year. Retailer promotion of in-store bakery products, combined with continuing support for $1 bread and range rationalisation, affected sales and margins in the bread business. Operationally, good progress was made with improved reliability and efﬁciencies delivered through supply chain optimisation. The successful launch during the year of ‘The One’, a nutritional loaf, strengthened the business in the key mainstream white bread segment of the market. The meat business performed well below expectations, driven by commissioning issues at the new Castlemaine factory, retailer pressure on prices, particularly in the ﬁrst half of the year, and competitors increased volumes. Following the closure of the plant in Altona, the transfer of production and commissioning of the new facilities at Castlemaine constrained volume throughput which affected service levels, revenues and operating costs. The throughput issues have now been addressed and we are engaging with our key customers to recover lost volumes and drive growth. Costs are also reducing and a signiﬁcant programme of work is under way to simplify the structure of the group and improve efﬁciency. Restructuring charges were made during the year for the cost of reorganising sales distribution and warehousing and a general reduction in administration overheads. As a result of the difﬁcult trading conditions and low volumes, the carrying value of the assets in the meat business was no longer supported by our forecasts of its discounted future cash ﬂows and an exceptional impairment charge of A$150m (£98m) has been taken. ENCOURAGING THE DEMAND FOR HEALTHY OPTIONS Bread has always been part of a staple diet and provides valuable nutrients such as calcium, iron and ﬁbre to the diet. But we are always looking to make it even better! » In the UK, as part its commitment to the government’s ‘Public Health Responsibility Deal’, Allied Bakeries has already implemented signiﬁcant salt reduction measures across all its bread and roll products. However, the way people eat bread is changing. Consumers are looking for healthier recipes, different ﬂavour varieties and they also want to minimise waste. Above all though, their bread must taste great too! A number of products under the Kingsmill brand achieve exactly this balance. Kingsmill 50/50 is a white bread made with 50% white ﬂour and 50% wholemeal ﬂour to provide people with more ﬁbre and is now available in a range of formats. The ‘Little Big Loaf‘ range which was launched in 2009 has full-size slices, just fewer of them, so that people who don’t eat a lot of bread, such as those living in one or two-person households, don’t have to buy more than they actually need. The team at Allied Bakeries also look for new ingredients to create products that can help people make interesting and healthy choices. For example, new Burgen Sunﬂower & Chia Seed bread is the ﬁrst branded loaf launched in the UK with chia seed (a great source of Omega-3). All in all, a great recipe for success! Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 INGREDIENTS THE INGREDIENTS SEGMENT COMPRISES AB MAURI AND ABF INGREDIENTS. 28 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O p e r a t i n g r e v i e w AB Mauri has a major global presence in bakers’ yeast, with signiﬁcant market positions in the Americas, Europe and Asia, and is a technology leader in, and supplier of, bakery ingredients. It operates from 49 plants in 26 countries. ABF Ingredients markets enzymes, yeast extracts, speciality proteins and lipids worldwide with manufacturing facilities in Europe, the US and China. Revenues were level with last year but operating proﬁt was sharply lower reﬂecting restructuring charges and continuing operational challenges faced by AB Mauri. The European yeast market continued to be extremely competitive and our margins remained constrained by an inability to recover fully raw material cost increases. In Asia, sales volumes in China were disappointing and key raw material costs, primarily molasses, remained at a high level. Progress was made in improving productivity at the recently commissioned yeast factory in Harbin, making this one of our most efﬁcient plants, and our factory in Vietnam was reopened in the second half of the year following completion of operational improvements. Latin America once again maintained strong revenue and proﬁt growth across most markets although margins in Brazil came under pressure early in the year from higher molasses prices and increased competitor activity. As the Brazilian real has progressively weakened during the year our locally produced dry yeast has been able to compete more effectively against higher priced imports. We achieved further growth in bakery ingredients beneﬁting from continued investment in resources and technology. This was particularly notable in the creativity and ﬂexibility brought to bear by our Innovation Centre which has enabled the bakery ingredients business to tailor solutions to meet changing customer requirements at appropriate price points. The Innovation Centre is now supporting the yeast business by developing total yeast and ingredient solutions. In the past year, AB Mauri made substantial progress in identifying the capabilities needed to deliver a more differentiated bakery ingredients proposition. It is now applying this understanding to each of its businesses, ensuring that it is adapted to meet their distinctive market requirements. Capital investment by AB Mauri during the year included the construction of new yeast plants in Mexico and Shandong province in China together with the expansion of dry yeast capacity at Xinjiang in China. The plants in China have been commissioned and the Mexican plant will be operational during the ﬁrst half of next year. ABF Ingredients delivered good growth in sales and operating proﬁt. Growth in feed, bakery and speciality enzymes was driven by new product launches and, in response Revenue £1,092m Level Adjusted operating proﬁt £32m -48% Adjusted operating proﬁt margin 2.9% 2011, 5.6%* Return on average capital employed 4.3% 2011, 8.3% * Restated – see note 1 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 29 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | O p e r a t i n g R e v i e w to this sustained growth, the enzymes factory in Finland, which is now approaching capacity following its expansion in 2009, is to be expanded further. Management processes in the enzymes business were enhanced during the year with the installation of new information systems, and improved sales forecasting accuracy has enabled better inventory management. In the US, extruded grain products enjoyed strong growth driven by an enhanced range and customer service and an expanded customer base. Production at the existing facility in California is nearing capacity and with increasing demand, a new facility is to be built in Evansville, Indiana. The results of the US dairy business improved driven by high lactose and whey protein prices. Yeast extracts are now supplied to Europe from the new, fully commissioned, factory in Harbin, China and new business is being developed in the Chinese and Asian markets. The yeast extracts facility in Hamburg was upgraded during the year enabling it to expand into new market sectors and, after a period of operational challenge, the US business made a number of efﬁciency improvements and is back in growth. AB ENZYMES AT THE HEART OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Enzymes are biological molecules that increase the rate of chemical reactions. Their unique folding pattern enables speciﬁc chemistry on a molecular level, i.e. using tiny quantities, and by employing enzymes many processes can be improved so as to use less energy and water with minimal waste. » People have made use of enzymes in making bread, beer, wine and cheese for many centuries, often without realising that it was an enzyme that made all the difference to the product. In the last few decades there has been a dramatic change in the way enzymes are identiﬁed and optimised for use. Thanks to biotechnology it has become possible to isolate the gene that codes an enzyme and to introduce it into a host organism allowing the enzyme to perform more predictably and be produced more cost-effectively. Today enzymes have developed into a £2.5bn industry and we ﬁnd them being used in a wide range of applications, from the traditional areas of baking, beverages and cheeses to detergents, textiles and even the conversion of waste into biofuels. AB Enzymes is a well-established business, ranked fourth in the global market for industrial enzymes, and recognised for innovative discovery, effective development and reliable delivery of high-quality enzymes. Each year, more than 10% of the business revenues are invested in research and development. The proprietary technology includes a series of exceptional skills, ranging from bioprospecting from nature to formulation of the ﬁnal product. These technologies are protected by more than 450 patents worldwide and have been developed over many years, often in partnership with leading universities and institutes. Our enzymes are successfully marketed to many well-known, international companies. Often leaders in their respective ﬁelds, these companies rely upon AB Enzymes as a versatile, trustworthy, innovation partner and a reliable supplier of high- quality products. Among these customers are several of AB Enzymes’ sister companies in ABF, such as AB Vista, which sells enzymes within its portfolio of animal feed products, and AB Mauri, which uses the enzymes for application in the baking industry. 450 patents protect the new technologies developed 10% of business revenues are invested in research and development AB Enzymes Number 4 in the global market for industrial enzymes Innovative discovery Reliable delivery Effective development Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 30 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | F i n a n c i a l r e v i e w FINANCIAL REVIEW WE RAISED $626M THROUGH PRIVATE PLACEMENTS DURING THE YEAR. BY FURTHER DIVERSIFYING OUR SOURCES OF FUNDING AND LENGTHENING OUR DEBT MATURITY PROFILE THE FINANCIAL STRENGTH AND FLEXIBILITY OF THE GROUP HAS BEEN ENHANCED. John Bason Finance Director Group performance Group revenue increased by 11% to £12.3bn and adjusted operating proﬁt was up 17% at £1,077m. Movements in foreign currency exchange rates had no material net effect on revenues but at constant exchange rates, adjusted operating proﬁt was 19% ahead of last year. In calculating adjusted operating proﬁt, the amortisation charge on non-operating intangibles, any proﬁts or losses on disposal of non-current assets and any exceptional items are excluded. On an unadjusted basis, operating proﬁt was 4% ahead of last year at £873m after charging intangible amortisation of £100m and an exceptional impairment charge of £98m. The exceptional charge was taken to impair property, plant and equipment at the meat business in Australia which has performed well below expectations. Although a recovery plan is in place and a number of operational improvements have been made during the year, the discounted cash ﬂow forecasts for the business were not sufﬁcient to support the carrying value of its assets and an impairment charge of A$150m (£98m) was taken. Accounting standards do not permit the inclusion, in the impairment calculation, of cash ﬂows that are expected to be generated from the future sale of the former meat processing sites in Western Australia and Victoria. These are being redeveloped and the net cash inﬂows in future years are expected to be substantial. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 A net loss of £9m arose on the sale or closure of businesses this year relating primarily to the write off of Illovo’s investment in pre-project expenditure in Mali following the decision not to pursue the development of this business, net of deferred proﬁt realised on the disposal, in November 2009, of the group’s former Polish sugar operations. The net loss is excluded from the calculation of adjusted earnings. Finance expense less ﬁnance income of £105m compared with a net charge of £92m last year. This reﬂected the higher average net debt during the year and the incremental interest rate on the private placement ﬁnancing completed in March. Proﬁt before tax increased from £757m to £761m. Adjusted to exclude the intangible amortisation and exceptional impairment charges, the losses on the sale of ﬁxed assets and on the sale or closure of businesses, proﬁt before tax increased by 17% to £974m. Taxation The tax charge of £178m included an underlying charge of £242m, at an effective rate of 24.8% (2011 – 24.6%) on the adjusted proﬁt before tax. The small increase in the effective rate is a result of the mix of proﬁts earned in different tax jurisdictions and would have been higher had it not been for the further reduction in the UK corporation tax rate. The UK tax charge included a credit of £12m from the calculation of deferred tax liabilities reﬂecting the enacted rate reduction from 25% to 23%. The group is a substantial UK tax payer and even at the lower tax rate, out of a total of £191m tax paid in the year, £107m was paid in the UK as a result of the higher proﬁts earned by our UK businesses. The proposed future reduction in the UK tax rate to 22% will be reﬂected in the year that the relevant legislation is substantively enacted. However, with increasing proﬁtability in jurisdictions with a higher corporate tax rate than the UK, we expect the group’s effective tax rate to be higher in future years. The overall tax charge for the year beneﬁted from a £33m (2011 – £25m) credit for tax relief on the amortisation of non-operating intangible assets and goodwill arising from previous acquisitions. A tax credit of £2m arose on the property and business disposals and a deferred tax asset of £29m has been recorded in respect of the exceptional impairment charge. 31 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | F i n a n c i a l r e v i e w Earnings and dividends Earnings attributable to equity shareholders were £555m, £14m higher than last year, and the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year used to calculate earnings per share was 789 million (2011 – 788 million). Earnings per ordinary share were 2% higher than last year at 70.3p. Adjusted earnings per share which provides a more consistent measure of performance increased by 18% from 74.0p to 87.2p. The interim dividend was increased by 8% to 8.5p and a ﬁnal dividend has been proposed at 20.0p which represents an overall increase of 15% for the year. The proposed dividend is expected to cost £158m and will be charged next year. Dividend cover, on an adjusted basis, remains at three times. Balance sheet Non-current assets of £6,971m were broadly unchanged from last year. Intangible assets were £124m lower, mainly reﬂecting the amortisation charge of £122m for the year. Property, plant and equipment increased by £76m driven by the capital expenditure in the year, net of depreciation and the exceptional impairment charge. Working capital at the year end was £73m lower than last year and average working capital across the year expressed as a percentage of sales showed an improvement. The inﬂation seen in commodity costs last year was not repeated and Primark delivered a substantial improvement with tight inventory management across the year. Net borrowings at the year end were £224m lower than last year at £1,061m as a consequence of the very strong cash ﬂow. A currency loss of £230m arose on the translation into sterling of the group’s foreign currency denominated net assets. This resulted from a strengthening of sterling at the end of the year, particularly against the euro, US dollar and the rand. The group’s net assets increased by £46m to £6,221m. Return on capital employed (ROCE) for the group increased from 15.8% to 17.0% this year. Sugar and Primark both delivered an improvement through much higher proﬁts but the lower proﬁt at George Weston Foods and AB Mauri resulted in a reduction in the returns for Grocery and Ingredients. ROCE is calculated by expressing adjusted operating proﬁt as a percentage of the average capital employed for the year. Cash ﬂow Net cash ﬂow from operating activities was very strong this year with a substantial increase from £736m to £1,240m. This mainly reﬂected a working capital inﬂow of £43m this year compared to an outﬂow of £199m last year, and higher operating proﬁt adjusted for amortisation, depreciation and the exceptional item. The amortisation and depreciation charges were respectively £26m and £77m higher than last year, largely the consequence of capital investment in recent years on assets which are now operational, and also due to a foreshortening of the useful economic lives of certain assets in British Sugar, AB Mauri and Primark. We continued to invest in the future growth of the group but the net £707m spent on property, plant and equipment and intangibles net of disposals during the year was a reduction on last year’s investment of £825m. Primark spent £326m on the acquisition of new stores and the ﬁt-out of new and existing stores. Elsewhere we continued the capital investment programme at Allied Bakeries and good progress was made with construction of the new yeast factory in Mexico and the relocation of the Zhangbei sugar factory in China. We invested £45m on acquisitions, principally £34m on the acquisition of Elephant Atta, with the balance being deferred consideration payable on acquisitions made in previous years. Financing Cash and cash equivalents totalled £391m at the year end. These were managed during the year by a central treasury department, operating under strictly controlled guidelines, which also arranges term bank ﬁnance for acquisitions and to meet short-term working capital requirements, particularly for the sugar beet and wheat harvests. The group has total committed borrowing facilities amounting to £2.6bn, of which £1.15bn is provided under a syndicated, revolving credit facility which does not mature until July 2015. £1.2bn was drawn down on these facilities at the year end. The strength and breadth of the 12 banks in the syndicate provide support for our ﬁnancial needs and reﬂect the scale and international presence of the business. The group also had access, at the year end, to £874m of uncommitted credit lines under which £265m was drawn. On 13 December 2011 we raised $100m in a bi-lateral private placement with a ten year maturity and on 29 March 2012 we completed a private placement of senior notes to a number of UK and US institutional lenders raising $526m with a range of maturities from 2019 to 2024. These issues provided funds, in addition to our existing committed bank facilities, some of which will be used to reﬁnance debt maturing next year. The average ﬁxed interest coupon on these notes of 4.5% and 3.66% respectively, while historically attractive, are higher than prevailing variable interest rates on shorter term bank borrowings. This increased the group’s interest expense in the second half of the year. However, by further diversifying our sources of funding and lengthening our debt maturity proﬁle the ﬁnancial strength and ﬂexibility of the group has been enhanced. Pensions Pensions are accounted for in accordance with IAS 19 Employee beneﬁts and on this basis, liabilities in the group’s deﬁned beneﬁt pension schemes exceeded employee beneﬁt assets by £95m compared with last year’s deﬁcit of £44m. The UK scheme accounts for 90% of the group’s total pension assets and the increase in the market value of these assets during the year was slightly less than the increase in the present value of scheme liabilities which resulted from a further reduction in long- term bond yields during the year. By agreement with the Trustees, the Company agreed to eliminate the deﬁcit identiﬁed at the time of the triennial actuarial valuation of the UK pension scheme in 2008 with ﬁve annual payments of £30m each. The last triennial valuation was undertaken in 2011 and revealed a funding surplus of £17m. However, following the fall in bond yields after the date of that valuation, the Company agreed to continue to make the remaining two payments, the last of which will be in March 2013. Total contributions to deﬁned beneﬁt plans in the year amounted to £71m (2011 – £70m). For deﬁned contribution schemes the charge for the year is equal to the contributions made which amounted to £53m (2011 – £51m). John Bason Finance Director Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY AS A RESULT OF OUR ONGOING EFFORTS, THE NUMBER OF REPORTABLE INJURIES FELL FOR THE FOURTH YEAR RUNNING. 32 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | C o r p o r a t e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y Our people and the environment are at the very heart of our business. We strive to provide a safe place of work for all of our people and to manage carefully our environmental impacts and use of scarce resources. This is a business priority and is embedded in the four core principles upon which our approach to Corporate Responsibility (CR) is founded: (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:78)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:74)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:66)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:28) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:76)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:28) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:28)(cid:1) and (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:72)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:74)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:15) CR is a journey for Associated British Foods, and we are well aware that there are many areas in which we need to continue to improve our performance. We have a decentralised approach to managing our businesses – each business is encouraged to put in place improvements to minimise any negative social or environmental impacts and to maximise the positive contributions they can make. Typically this is achieved by sharing examples of good practice, increasing the level of importance attached to monitoring and reporting CR performance and to ensuring that senior management in the businesses are held accountable. Reporting We remain committed to publishing a full CR report every three years and provide further information via our annual Health, Safety & Environment (HS&E) report on our website. 2012 summary In 2012, our CR work focused on the following areas: (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:7)(cid:38)(cid:1) specialists to ensure they continue to help embed a safe working culture and (cid:72)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:74)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:76)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:28)(cid:1) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:41)(cid:52)(cid:7)(cid:38)(cid:1) performance, in particular water use, (cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:90)(cid:68)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:28)(cid:1) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:88)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:76)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:36)(cid:51)(cid:1) specialists across the group and improving communication among them to share good practice and (cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:76)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:81)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:66)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:28)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1) During the year we invested £19m in environmental improvements including efﬂuent treatment, waste reduction, increased energy generation and greater energy efﬁciency. Our full HS&E report for 2012 is available at www.abf.co.uk but highlights of our environmental performance in 2012 include: (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:21)(cid:24)(cid:6)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:78)(cid:1) (cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:67)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:28)(cid:1) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:78)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:90)(cid:1) we export from our sites by 9% to a total of 837 GWh. This equates to supplying (cid:18)(cid:22)(cid:17)(cid:13)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:1)(cid:54)(cid:44)(cid:1)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:1)(cid:90)(cid:70)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:28) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:90)(cid:1) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1) (cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:23)(cid:6)(cid:28) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:35)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:1)(cid:52)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:36)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:73)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1) a water efﬁciency programme, resulting in a signiﬁcant reduction in water use (cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:18)(cid:24)(cid:6)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:78)(cid:1)(cid:19)(cid:17)(cid:18)(cid:18)(cid:1)(cid:9)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:90)(cid:10)(cid:28)(cid:1) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:49)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:78)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:76)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:18)(cid:23)(cid:13)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1) waste cardboard in 2011, some 61% of total packaging, which reappeared as 179 million paper shopping bags. sourcing programmes at Primark and Twinings Ovaltine, with a focus on training our staff and suppliers, and NGO partnerships. Environment Many of our businesses are closely linked to agriculture and are therefore sensitive to changes in weather. Following a year of unusual weather patterns in 2011, the weather in 2012 in most countries in which we operate has been more stable. This resulted in some of our businesses, particularly our sugar operations, increasing output. We are pleased that our total energy use decreased by 4% despite an increase in production of 9%, showing the very positive impact of our focus on energy improvement measures. Our businesses have the greatest impact on the environment through their use of energy and the resultant emission of carbon dioxide (CO2), the abstraction of water and the disposal of waste. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 33 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | C o r p o r a t e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y REDUCING WATER ABSTRACTION AT OUR SUGAR FACTORY IN CANTLEY Situated in Norfolk, Cantley sugar factory has a special place in the history of this country’s sugar industry. Built in 1912, and as the ﬁrst British beet sugar factory, it marks the birth of the homegrown sugar industry. » For over 100 years, the factory has been a landmark on the banks of the River Yare, from where it can be seen for miles around. Water plays a signiﬁcant role at Cantley and in all British Sugar factories, where it is used for cleaning, heating, cooling and transportation (sugar beet ﬂoat in water). The manufacturing sites operate under ISO 14001, the internationally recognised standard for environmental management and they undergo independent audits to review performance against continuous improvement targets. As part of this process, each site identiﬁes and maximises opportunities for the reuse and recycling of water. Over the past ﬁve years, British Sugar’s factory at Cantley has been making steady progress in reducing the volume of water it uses to manufacture sugar, electricity and other co-products. Improvements were achieved by instigating many small-scale measures and behavioural initiatives, but it was identiﬁed that to make a signiﬁcant step change, more radical thinking was required. Cantley factory abstracts water under licence from three sources: (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:81)(cid:80)(cid:85)(cid:66)(cid:67)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:28) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:67)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:28)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:15) In 2011, the factory used some 40,000m3 of river water, which was abstracted from the River Yare into a small reservoir, from where it was pumped to the factory for cooling purposes. It was identiﬁed that a pond nearby was ﬁlled with process condensate awaiting permitted discharge to the river. This condensate had already been cooled to below 25°C to meet the discharge temperature limit. A small project team examined the feasibility of using this cooled condensate to replace river water. The outcome of the study was the installation of 200 metres of pipeline and a condensate pump which now feeds cooled condensate via the original system, removing the need to use any river water. A feasibility study is now planned to investigate similar reduction opportunities for borehole water. Our people Our business priority is to safeguard the wellbeing, development and safety of our people and those who work with us. With 106,000 employees we put signiﬁcant effort into ensuring that our businesses are safe places in which to work and we aim to offer our people the support most suitable for their needs. Despite health and safety being an absolute priority, we deeply regret having to report ﬁve fatalities of contractors on our sites during 2012. Four of these deaths occurred in Africa and one in China. Loss of life in our operations is entirely unacceptable. Whenever there is a death on our sites or linked to our operations, we alert all our businesses and re-emphasise the requirement for safe working practices. In 2012 we invested £32m to improve working conditions and the safety of equipment. We are pleased that as a result of our ongoing efforts, reportable injuries fell for the fourth year running, down 13% from 2011. Another highlight was Illovo Sugar’s safety transportation programme, which almost halved the number of injuries over the last year incurred during our agricultural workers’ commute to work. In 2012, we developed and ran an extensive training and support programme for nearly 200 HS&E specialists. This was delivered through face-to-face group training days, online training sessions and one-to-one advice. This training included an introduction to new key performance indicators, a reminder of the sources of information, calculations and parameters required to reach our ﬁnal data and technical training on the global system we use for data collection and approval. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 34 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | C o r p o r a t e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY CONTINUED Our suppliers Our core business principles as they relate to our suppliers are available at www.abf.co.uk/principles. They include requirements to: (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:73)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:90)(cid:13)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:90)(cid:1) and with respect for the rights and (cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:81)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:28)(cid:1) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:90)(cid:13)(cid:1)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:74)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:90)(cid:1) to the Prompt Payment Code, co- operating with suppliers to improve (cid:82)(cid:86)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:90)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:71)(cid:109)(cid:68)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:90)(cid:28)(cid:1) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:81)(cid:1)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:81)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:86)(cid:81)(cid:81)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:1) companies consistent with these basic principles, and speciﬁcally with respect to internationally recognised human rights (cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:90)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:28)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:66)(cid:78)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:87)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:13)(cid:1) where shortcomings are identiﬁed through our supplier audit programme. Both Primark and Twinings Ovaltine have continued to build on their ethical sourcing programmes during the last year. Primark’s focus on building in-country teams of ethical sourcing specialists has had signiﬁcant impact in supporting sustainable improvements within supplier factories, giving greater visibility across the supply chain, as well as improving the management of the extensive audit programme. Primark conducted 1,795 ethical audits last year, and unannounced ‘spot-checks’ continue to be an important part of our monitoring protocol. We encourage suppliers to make investment in internal ‘compliance’ teams to help support sustainable change where needed. However, a challenge for the whole industry is that the pool of qualiﬁed people to ﬁll these roles is relatively small. HELPING MAJOR SUPERMARKETS TO TRACK AND REDUCE THEIR CARBON FOOTPRINT AB Sustain designed and now operates an award-winning Carbon Footprint Initiative for Sainsbury’s. The model used in this initiative is accredited by the UK Carbon Trust to its highest quality tier and is the only model of its kind to have achieved this level of accreditation across the globe. The initiative began in 2007 with 325 dairy herds and has since expanded across eight other livestock and produce sectors to include almost 3,000 UK producers. It follows the proven methodology of ‘measure – improve – measure’ to support and drive continuous improvement at every participating farm. Through accurate on-farm data capture and our understanding of the key drivers of carbon and production efﬁciencies, we are able to deliver tangible cost and environmental beneﬁts across the supply chain. This initiative has been consistently acknowledged for its effectiveness and has won several high-proﬁle awards, including the Guardian 2012 Carbon Award won by Sainsbury’s for its work with UK farmers to reduce their environmental impact by using the AB Sustain Carbon Footprint model. By the end of 2011, carbon emissions had been reduced by 48,000 tonnes and £21.4m of farm improvements had been identiﬁed. As a result of this success AB Sustain is delighted to have received the Sainsbury’s Supplier ‘Making it Happen’ award. To try and support this situation, Primark has begun a ‘train the trainer’ project in China. This forms part of the Company’s efforts to develop and build on its already extensive range of training tools that suppliers can use to make improvements. Among the many projects that Primark runs with NGOs, we were particularly impressed by the fast and dramatic results achieved by the HERproject (Health Enables Returns) in Bangladesh this year which provided health education to 4,500 female factory workers in Bangladesh on hygiene, sexual and reproductive health, maternal health and nutrition (image on page 35). In addition to the obvious beneﬁts of workers receiving health education, improvement in overall workplace communication was signiﬁcant, and we plan to roll out the project across the supply base in Bangladesh as well as introducing the project in both China and India. Over 97% of the factories that supply Primark also supply other high street retailers and this gives us an opportunity to collaborate on tackling supply chain issues. Further details can be found at www.primark.co.uk. Similarly, over the last year, Twinings Ovaltine has continued to scale up its ethical sourcing programme across its supply chain from ingredients to packaging. Risk assessments have been carried out on all areas, and ethical audits have been conducted in Europe, China, South East Asia and South America to ensure that products are made at sites that meet the requirements of our ethical code of conduct. Through the work of the Ethical Tea Partnership, 100 of the estates from which Twinings sources its teas have been audited. In addition, Twinings has developed an ethical sourcing training programme for employees. This has been rolled out worldwide to ensure that all procurement and marketing teams are aware of the requirements of our code and how to purchase ingredients ethically. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 35 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | i B u s n e s s r e v e w i | C o r p o r a t e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y During 2012, Twinings worked in partnership with three development NGOs to support tea communities: with Save the Children in China, and Unicef and Mercy Corp in India on challenges including child mortality, anaemia and access to water and sanitation. More detail on these projects can be found at www.twinings.co.uk. Our products and customers We are very aware of our responsibility for our products and to our customers and this year we have focused on: (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:66)(cid:71)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:90)(cid:28)(cid:1) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:1)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:1)(cid:77)(cid:66)(cid:67)(cid:70)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:28)(cid:1) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:13)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:73)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:77)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:66)(cid:77)(cid:78)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:74)(cid:77)(cid:13)(cid:1)(cid:84)(cid:80)(cid:90)(cid:66)(cid:1) (cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:40)(cid:46)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:86)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:28)(cid:1) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:66)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:84)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:1)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:70)(cid:85)(cid:1) their needs and provide them with (cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:71)(cid:80)(cid:83)(cid:78)(cid:66)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:28) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:34)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:35)(cid:66)(cid:76)(cid:70)(cid:83)(cid:74)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:73)(cid:66)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:78)(cid:81)(cid:77)(cid:70)(cid:78)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:70)(cid:69)(cid:1)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:1) 2012 salt reduction targets across all of its bread and roll products, with the majority introduced in the ﬁrst quarter (cid:80)(cid:71)(cid:248)(cid:19)(cid:17)(cid:18)(cid:19)(cid:28)(cid:1)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:69) (cid:116)(cid:1) (cid:1)(cid:88)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:68)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:86)(cid:70)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:1)(cid:81)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:66)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:1)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:83)(cid:1) target of purchasing Certiﬁed Sustainable Palm Oil across the group by 2015. The Jordans & Ryvita Company already uses 100% certiﬁed sustainable palm oil. Allied Bakeries also purchase Green Palm Certiﬁcates to encourage sustainable palm oil production and has committed to using 100% sustainable palm oil by 2014. Both businesses scored maximum points in a survey of palm oil usage by the World Wildlife Fund in 2011. Our communities We recognise our responsibilities as a member of the communities in which we operate and encourage our businesses to engage with their local communities as and how they wish. However, the group’s contribution to communities comes principally via the Garﬁeld Weston Foundation, which was set up by the late W. Garﬁeld Weston in 1958. It is one of the UK’s foremost philanthropic organisations and derives a substantial proportion of its funds from its interests in the group’s ultimate holding company, Wittington Investments Limited. More detail can be found at www.garﬁeldweston.org. If you have any feedback on our CR information here or on our website, please contact us via www.abf.co.uk. Reportable injury rates Percentage of employees having a reportable injury 1.00% 0.75% 0.81 0.77 0.70 0.62 0.52 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 0.50% 0.25% 0 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 36 BOARD OF DIRECTORS D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | B o a r d o f d i r e c t o r s 1 2 3 4 1 Charles Sinclair Chairman (age 64) Charles was appointed a non-executive director in October 2008 and as Chairman in April 2009. With wide business experience of both the UK and overseas, his executive career was latterly with Daily Mail and General Trust plc, where he was chief executive from 1989 until he retired from that role and the board in September 2008. Other appointments: He is a non-executive director of SVG Capital plc. Committee membership: Chairman of the Nomination and Remuneration committees. 2 George G Weston Chief Executive (age 48) George was appointed to the board in 1999 and took up his current appointment as Chief Executive in April 2005. In his former roles at ABF, he was Managing Director of Westmill Foods, Allied Bakeries and George Weston Foods Ltd (Australia). Other appointments: He is a non-executive director of Wittington Investments Limited and a trustee of the Garﬁeld Weston Foundation. 3 John Bason Finance Director (age 55) John was appointed as Finance Director in May 1999. He was previously the ﬁnance director of Bunzl plc and is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants for England and Wales. Other appointments: He is a non-executive director of Compass Group PLC, a trustee of Voluntary Service Overseas and deputy chairman of the charity FareShare. 4 Peter Smith Independent non-executive director (age 66) Peter was appointed a director in February 2007 and brings extensive experience of international ﬁnancial matters. Formerly, he was senior partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) in the UK. He served for two years as chairman of Coopers & Lybrand International and as a member of the global leadership team of PwC. He was also chairman of RAC plc and a non-executive director of Safeway plc. Other appointments: He is chairman of Savills plc and Templeton Emerging Markets Investment Trust plc, and a member of the supervisory board of Paris Orléans SCA. He is also chairman of the Land Restoration Trust. Committee membership: Chairman of the Audit committee and a member of the Nomination and Remuneration committees. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 37 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | B o a r d o f d i r e c t o r s 7 8 5 6 7 Javier Ferrán Independent non-executive director (age 56) Javier was appointed a director in November 2006. He spent the earlier part of his career with Bacardi Group, where latterly he served as president and chief executive ofﬁcer. He has extensive experience of consumer brands on an international basis and in international ﬁnancing. Other appointments: He is currently a partner at Lion Capital LLP, a London-based private equity ﬁrm. Committee membership: Member of the Nomination and Remuneration committees. 8 Emma Adamo Non-executive director (age 49) Emma was appointed as a director in December 2011. She was educated at Stanford University and INSEAD in France. Other appointments: She is a director of Wittington Investments Limited. 5 Lord Jay of Ewelme GCMG Independent non-executive director (age 66) Lord Jay was appointed a director in November 2006 and has broad experience of government and international business. During his career in public service he was British Ambassador to France from 1996 to 2001 and Permanent Under Secretary at the Foreign & Commonwealth Ofﬁce from 2002 to 2006. Other appointments: He is a non-executive director of Candover Investments plc, Valeo (the French-based automobile parts company) and of Electricité de France. He has been an independent member of the House of Lords since 2006 and is chairman of the House of Lords Appointments Commission. He also chairs the Trustees of the international medical aid charity Merlin, and is a member of the British Library Advisory Council. Committee membership: Member of the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration committees. 6 Timothy Clarke Independent non-executive director (age 55) Tim was appointed a director in November 2004 and has been Senior Independent Director since December 2007. Tim has extensive experience of retailing. Until 2009, he was chief executive of Mitchells & Butlers plc, following its demerger from Six Continents PLC where he also held the position of chief executive. Previously he had been a partner of Panmure Gordon & Co before joining Bass PLC in 1990. Other appointments: He is a non-executive director of two pub and brewing companies, Hall & Woodhouse Limited, and Timothy Taylor & Company Limited, and also Triple Point VCT 2011 PLC. Committee membership: Member of the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration committees. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 38 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e GOOD GOVERNANCE IS NOT JUST A MATTER FOR THE BOARD AND OUR AIM ALWAYS IS TO FOSTER A CULTURE OF STRONG GOVERNANCE THROUGHOUT THE GROUP. Chairman’s foreword I am pleased to introduce this report on the work of the board over the last year. Effective corporate governance is central to the group’s ability to operate successfully on a global basis and, as a board, we take seriously our responsibility for setting high standards of accountability and ethical behaviour. Good governance is not just a matter for the board, however, and our aim always is to foster a culture of strong governance throughout the group. I am keenly aware of the value to the business of an effective board. A key aspect of ensuring the board’s effectiveness is the annual board and committee evaluation process and this year the evaluation was facilitated externally by an independent consultant. This exercise produced some valuable insights and we outline the process and some of the key outcomes on page 41 of this report. The Company recognises the need for, and desirability of, diversity on the board and I have worked with the Nomination committee during the year to review the evolution of the board. As part of our succession planning, and as I mentioned in my statement on page 15, I am delighted to welcome to the board Emma Adamo, who joined as a non-executive director at the conclusion of the AGM in December 2011, following the retirement of Galen Weston. Emma’s appointment adds diversity to the board and the consequent range of perspectives will undoubtedly have a positive effect on the board’s deliberations. We are reviewing our corporate governance practices in light of the updated version of the UK Corporate Governance Code which was published in September 2012 (the ‘2012 Code’). Although the 2012 Code will first apply to companies with financial years commencing on or after 1 October 2012, we will give consideration to reporting early under the 2012 Code in our annual report next year. In the following pages we describe the approach the board has adopted to governing the group. The report is intended to give shareholders a clear picture of the group’s governance arrangements and how those arrangements have operated during the year. Charles Sinclair Chairman Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code The principal governance rules applying to UK companies listed on the London Stock Exchange are contained in the UK Corporate Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council and published in June 2010 (the ‘Code’) which is available from the FRC website (www.frc.org.uk). This corporate governance report aims to provide shareholders with an understanding of how the Company has applied the principles and complied with the provisions of the Code. The board considers that the Company has, throughout the year ended 15 September 2012, complied with the relevant provisions set out in the Code, with the following exceptions: Code provision Status Explanation B.3.2 – The terms and conditions of appointment of non-executive directors should be made available for inspection. Galen Weston had not entered into a formal letter of appointment. Non-compliance with this provision ended on 9 December 2011 when Galen Weston retired as a director. The board of Associated British Foods plc considered it appropriate due to his relationship with the Company’s ultimate holding company, Wittington Investments Limited of which he was a director and shareholder. Galen Weston received no fees, nor was he reimbursed for any expenses incurred for performing his role as a non-executive director of Associated British Foods plc. D.2.1 – The Chairman should not chair the Remuneration committee. Charles Sinclair is both Chairman and chairman of the Remuneration committee. The board of Associated British Foods plc considers that Charles Sinclair, due to his experience, is best suited to chair this committee. No director has any involvement in the determination of his own remuneration. The board believes that the Company has maintained robust governance while at the same time benefiting from having Charles Sinclair as the chairman of the Remuneration committee. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 39 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e EFFECTIVE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE IS CENTRAL TO THE GROUP’S ABILITY TO OPERATE SUCCESSFULLY ON A GLOBAL BASIS AND, AS A BOARD, WE TAKE SERIOUSLY OUR RESPONSIBILITY FOR SETTING HIGH STANDARDS OF ACCOUNTABILITY AND ETHICAL BEHAVIOUR. The board As a board, we are collectively responsible to the Company’s shareholders for the direction and oversight of the Company to ensure its long-term success. The board met regularly throughout the year to approve the group’s strategic objectives, to lead the group within a framework of effective controls which enable risk to be assessed and managed and to ensure that sufficient resources are available to meet the objectives set. Board composition At the date of this report, the board comprised eight directors: Chairman Charles Sinclair Executive directors George Weston (Chief Executive) John Bason (Finance Director) The board has agreed the specific business and governance matters which are reserved for its decision to help it discharge these responsibilities and oversee control of the Company’s affairs. This schedule of matters reserved for the board’s approval, which was reviewed and updated during the year, includes: (cid:116)(cid:1) annual business strategy and objectives, budget and forecasts; Non-executive directors Emma Adamo Tim Clarke Javier Ferrán Lord Jay Peter Smith (cid:116)(cid:1) monitoring delivery of the group’s business strategy and objectives; (cid:116)(cid:1) changes to the Company’s capital, management or control structures; (cid:116)(cid:1) dividend policy and dividend recommendation; (cid:116)(cid:1) treasury policies; (cid:116)(cid:1) trading statements, interim results, interim management statements, ﬁnal results, annual report and accounts; (cid:116)(cid:1) the overall system of internal control and risk management; (cid:116)(cid:1) major capital projects, corporate actions or related actions and investment; (cid:116)(cid:1) communications policy including procedures for the release of price-sensitive information; (cid:116)(cid:1) changes to the structure, size and composition of the board; (cid:116)(cid:1) appointment of directors and the Company Secretary; and (cid:116)(cid:1) material changes to pension plans or the introduction of new schemes. Certain specific responsibilities are delegated to the board committees, notably the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination committees, which operate within clearly defined terms of reference, reporting regularly to the board. For further details, please see ‘Board committees’ section below. Galen Weston resigned from his role as a non-executive director of the Company with effect from the close of the 2011 annual general meeting held on 9 December 2011. Emma Adamo was appointed as a director with effect from the close of the same meeting on 9 December 2011. With the exception of Emma Adamo, the board considers that the non-executive directors are independent in character and judgement and that they are each free from any business or other relationships which would materially interfere with the exercise of their independent judgement. Emma Adamo is not regarded as independent in view of her relationship with Wittington Investments Limited. Biographical and related information about the directors is set out on pages 36 and 37. Chairman and Chief Executive The roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive are separately held and the division of their responsibilities is clearly established, set out in writing, and agreed by the board to ensure that no one has unfettered powers of decision. The Chairman, Charles Sinclair, is responsible for the operation and leadership of the board, ensuring its effectiveness and setting its agenda. The Chief Executive, George Weston, is responsible for leading and managing the group’s business within the authorities delegated by the board and the implementation of board strategy and policy. Senior Independent Director Tim Clarke is the Company’s recognised Senior Independent Director. The role of the Senior Independent Director is to act as a sounding board for the Chairman and to serve as an intermediary for other directors where necessary. He is also available to shareholders should a need arise to convey concerns to the board which they have been unable to convey through the Chairman or through the Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 Board committees The board has established three principal board committees, to which it has delegated certain of its responsibilities. They are the Nomination committee, the Audit committee, and the Remuneration committee. The membership, responsibilities and activities of these committees are described later in this corporate governance report and, in the case of the Remuneration committee, in the Remuneration report on page 52. Membership of these committees is reviewed annually. Minutes of committee meetings are made available to all directors on a timely basis. The full written terms of reference for the Nomination, Audit and Remuneration committees, each of which was reviewed and updated during the year, are available on the Company’s website (www.abf.co.uk) and hard copies are available on request. Information ﬂow The Company Secretary manages the provision of information to the board at appropriate times, in consultation with the Chairman and Chief Executive. In addition to formal meetings, the Chairman and Chief Executive maintain regular contact with all directors. The Chairman also holds informal meetings with non-executive directors, without any of the executives being present to discuss any issues affecting the group, if this is thought necessary. Regular management updates are sent to directors to keep the non-executive directors informed of events throughout the group between board meetings and to ensure that they are kept fully informed of the latest issues affecting the group. Conﬂicts of interest procedure The Company has procedures in place to deal with the situation where a director has a conflict of interest. As part of this process, the board: (cid:116)(cid:1) considers each conﬂict situation separately on its particular facts; (cid:116)(cid:1) considers the conﬂict situation in conjunction with the rest of the conﬂicted directors’ duties under the 2006 Act; (cid:116)(cid:1) keeps records and board minutes as to authorisations granted by directors and the scope of any approvals given; and (cid:116)(cid:1) regularly reviews conﬂict authorisation. The board has complied with these procedures during the year. 40 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e executive directors. During the year, led by the senior independent director, the non-executive directors have met once without the presence of the Chairman. The non-executive directors The non-executive directors play a key role in providing a solid foundation for good corporate governance and ensure that no individual or group dominates the board’s decision-making. They each occupy or have occupied senior positions in industry or public life and bring a valuable external view to the board’s deliberations through their experience and insight from other sectors enabling them to contribute significantly to board decision-making. The formal letters of appointment of non-executive directors are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office. Re-election of directors In accordance with the Code’s recommendations, all directors will be proposed for election or re-election at the 2012 annual general meeting to be held in December. Board meetings The board held ten meetings during the year. Periodically, board meetings take place overseas, and during the year under review, one of the meetings and a Remuneration committee meeting were held in Madrid. The board visited the Primark store in Majadahonda, Madrid, providing the non-executive directors in particular with the opportunity to extend their knowledge of the group and to meet local management and other employees. Non-executive directors may also make additional visits to our overseas businesses through the year. During the year under review Charles Sinclair visited Illovo in South Africa where he had meetings with management and reviewed its operations. Senior executives below board level are invited, when appropriate, to attend board meetings and to make presentations on the results and strategies of their business units. Papers for board and committee meetings are generally provided to directors for board and committee meetings a week in advance. This allows any director who is unable to attend a meeting to provide comments to the Chairman, the chairman of the relevant committee or the Company Secretary, who will then relay these comments to the relevant meeting. The attendance of the directors at board and committee meetings during the year to 15 September 2012 is shown in the table below. Charles Sinclair George Weston John Bason Emma Adamo1 Tim Clarke Javier Ferrán2 Lord Jay Peter Smith Galen Weston3 Board 10/10 10/10 10/10 7/7 10/10 9/10 10/10 10/10 1/3 Audit committee Nomination committee Remuneration committee – – – – 4/4 – 4/4 4/4 – 1/1 – – – 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 – 5/5 – – – 5/5 4/5 5/5 5/5 – 1 Emma Adamo was appointed as a non-executive director with effect from the conclusion of the annual general meeting held on 9 December 2011. 2 Javier Ferrán was unable to attend one board meeting and a Remuneration committee meeting due to other business and personal commitments. However, he reviewed the relevant papers and provided comments to the Chairman as appropriate. 3 Galen Weston retired as a non-executive director at the conclusion of the annual general meeting held on 9 December 2011. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 41 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e Board business During the financial year, key activities of the board included: Strategy An annual meeting focusing on group strategy. Governance and risk Approving the Company’s full year and interim results. Making a recommendation on the 2011 final dividend and approving the 2012 interim dividend. Carrying out an annual review of the material financial and non-financial risks facing the group’s businesses. Receiving regular divisional food safety updates and an annual groupwide update. Considering the report from the external facilitator following the board performance evaluation exercise. Performance monitoring Receiving regular reports to the board from the Chief Executive. Approving the group budget for the 2012/13 financial year. Board performance evaluation An evaluation to assess the performance of the board as a whole, its committees and that of the individual directors is conducted on an annual basis with the aim of improving the effectiveness of the board and its members and the performance of the group. This year’s review was undertaken by an independent external facilitator, Stephen Williams, who provided feedback to the Chairman. Stephen Williams was previously company secretary and general counsel of Unilever plc, senior independent director of Bunzl plc and Arriva plc and is currently senior independent director of Whitbread plc and a non-executive director of Croda International PLC. He has extensive experience of facilitating board evaluations. Independently of his services as a board facilitator, he has a consultancy appointment with Spencer Stuart. The Chairman sat on an advisory board of that company. The review took place in the final quarter of the financial year. A discussion guide was prepared and circulated to each director and the Company Secretary. This included eight topics which formed the basic agenda around which each discussion was framed and these were as follows: (cid:116)(cid:1) board structure, organisation and dynamics, including the mix of skills and knowledge, diversity, how the board works as a unit and the tone set by the Chairman and Chief Executive; (cid:116)(cid:1) board efﬁciency and effectiveness, including individual Undertaking goodwill and property, plant and equipment impairment reviews. performance, clarity of the purpose, direction and values of the Company, quality of leadership and key board relationships; Receiving, on a rolling basis, management presentations from each of the group business areas. Receiving feedback on meetings held with institutional investors. (cid:116)(cid:1) risk management and governance; (cid:116)(cid:1) strategic review and resource allocation; (cid:116)(cid:1) people issues and succession planning; (cid:116)(cid:1) business performance, including level and quality Corporate responsibility Receiving regular management reports on health, safety and environment issues. People Various Receiving update reports on ethical sourcing processes. Receiving an update on the group’s anti-bribery policy and procedures. Appointed Emma Adamo as a non-executive director. Consideration of senior succession planning and people development. Receiving updates on pension-related matters. Meeting management team at Majadahonda Primark store in Madrid, Spain. of reporting measures; (cid:116)(cid:1) board committees; and (cid:116)(cid:1) key issues for 2013. The external facilitator undertook a confidential, unattributable interview with each director and the Company Secretary based on the discussion guide. Following the meetings, the external facilitator produced a written report which was discussed with each of the Chairman, Senior Independent Director and the Chief Executive, before being sent to board members and discussed at the following board meeting. There was a strong sense of progress in implementing proposals arising out of the 2011 evaluation. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 42 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e Actions implemented arising from 2011 evaluation include: Objective Value creation Investment returns reviewed. Strategy development A review of longer term growth opportunities. Risk management Amount of time devoted to risk issues on the board agenda increased. Succession planning Continuing. Based on the results of the evaluation process in 2012, the board considered that overall it was operating effectively and that each of the directors continues to make a valuable contribution with proper commitment to their respective roles. The board’s principal committees were also judged to be functioning efficiently and effectively. A list of recommended action points was drawn up and agreed, which is being implemented under the direction of the Chairman including actions set out in the table below. Areas identiﬁed for action from the 2012 evaluation include: Objective Synergy Strategy Risk management Succession planning Extend the search for and reporting on synergy within the existing group. Continuing review of longer term growth opportunities. Additional understanding of non-financial risks in our businesses. The need for diversity throughout the group, acknowledging its increasing geographical spread. Board development The Chairman, with the support of the Company Secretary, is responsible for the induction of new directors and the ongoing development of directors. Emma Adamo, who joined the board as a non-executive director on 9 December 2011, undertook a comprehensive, tailored induction programme which included visits to a large number of the group’s businesses in the UK and overseas. She also received a directors’ information pack providing background information on the Company’s businesses and operations, including matters relating to corporate governance and corporate responsibility. Training and development is provided to all directors at board and committee meetings. In addition to any third-party training and development which all the directors have undertaken on their own behalf or as part of other non-executive directorships and business roles during the year under review, board members received regular corporate governance updates in their board packs and made visits to group operations on a regular basis. Engaging with shareholders The board is committed to maintaining and improving dialogue with shareholders so that the Company’s objectives and those of shareholders are understood. The Company communicates its achievements and prospects to its shareholders in an accurate and timely manner. The Company communicates with its shareholders by way of the interim and annual report and accounts, with significant matters relating to the trading or development of the business disseminated to the market by way of Stock Exchange announcements and by press release and postings on the Company’s website. The Company continues to promote effective engagement with its shareholders and on behalf of the board the Chairman, Chief Executive and Finance Director have met institutional shareholders and analysts on a regular basis throughout the year to discuss the Company’s operation. At each board meeting, the directors are briefed on shareholder meetings that have taken place and on the feedback received. The Senior Independent Director is available to shareholders in the event that communication with the Chairman, Chief Executive or Finance Director has failed to resolve concerns or where such contact is inappropriate. Annual general meeting The annual general meeting (AGM) will be held on Friday, 7 December 2012 at 11.00 am at TUC Congress Centre in London. The board views the AGM as an opportunity to communicate with private shareholders in particular for whom it provides the opportunity to hear about the general development of the business and to ask questions of the Chairman and, through him, the chairmen of the key committees and other directors. The practice has been for a short film to be shown at the meeting explaining a particular area of the group’s business. At this year’s AGM, the film focuses on the group’s Twinings Ovaltine business. The Notice of meeting for the 2012 AGM, which sets out in full the resolutions for consideration by shareholders together with explanatory notes, has been sent to shareholders and is also available on the Investors section of the Company’s website (www.abf.co.uk). Any member attending the annual general meeting has the right to ask questions. The Company must cause to be answered any such question relating to the business being dealt with at the meeting, unless it is not in the interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting to do so, or if to do so would involve the disclosure of confidential information. Shareholders attending the meeting will be advised of the number of proxy votes lodged for each resolution. All resolutions will be voted on by poll and the results will be announced to the London Stock Exchange and posted on the Company’s website as soon as practicable following the meeting. Accountability and audit The board is required by the UK Corporate Governance Code to present a balanced and understandable assessment of the Company’s position and prospects. In relation to this requirement, reference is made to the statement of directors’ responsibilities for preparing the financial statements set out on page 62 of this annual report and accounts. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 43 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e The independent auditors’ report on page 63 includes a statement by the auditors about their reporting responsibilities. The board recognises that its responsibility to present a balanced and understandable assessment extends to interim and other price-sensitive public reports, reports to regulators, and information required to be presented by law. Governance The Nomination committee comprises a minimum of three members at any time, a majority of whom are independent non-executive directors. A quorum shall consist of two members being either two independent non-executive directors or one independent non-executive director and the Chairman. Executive directors, members of senior management and other parties may be invited to attend meetings as appropriate. The Chairman does not chair the Nomination committee when it is dealing with the appointment of his successor. In these circumstances the committee is chaired by an independent non-executive director elected by the remaining members. The committee may take independent professional advice on any matters covered by its terms of reference at the Company’s expense. The committee chairman reports the outcome of meetings to the board. The committee’s effectiveness is reviewed on an annual basis as part of the board’s performance evaluation process. The full terms of reference of the Nomination committee, which were reviewed and updated during the year, can be viewed on the Investors section of the Company’s website (www.abf.co.uk). Meetings The committee met once during the year under review. Activities during the year The principal actions undertaken by the committee in the period under review are set out below. Emma Adamo was appointed as a non-executive director from the conclusion of the Company’s last AGM held on 9 December 2011. Ms Adamo is a director of Wittington Investments Limited, the Company’s majority shareholder, and she has been appointed to represent this shareholding on the board. She replaces Galen Weston in this role following his retirement as a non-executive director also at the conclusion of the Company’s 2011 AGM. For this reason, neither an external search agency nor open advertising was used in Ms Adamo’s appointment. Prior to her appointment, Ms Adamo had meetings with the Chairman, the Chief Executive and with the Nomination committee. She was then invited to meet the full board and attended a number of board meetings. Ms Adamo was educated at Stanford University and INSEAD in France. She spent six years working for George Weston Limited in Canada. The committee reviewed the time needed to fulfil the roles of Chairman, Senior Independent Director and non-executive director and was satisfied, following the conclusion of the annual board evaluation, that all members of the board are devoting sufficient time to their duties. Business model The Operating review on pages 16 to 29 includes a description of the Company’s business model for sustainable growth for each division of the business. This provides an explanation of the basis on which the group generates value and preserves it over the long term and its strategy for delivering its objectives. Going concern After making enquiries the directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, and in accordance with the guidance contained in the document titled ‘Going Concern and Liquidity Risk: Guidance for Directors of UK Companies 2009’ published by the FRC, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the annual report and accounts. Nomination committee report Members During the year and at the date of this report: Charles Sinclair (Chairman) Tim Clarke Javier Ferrán Lord Jay Peter Smith Key duties In accordance with its terms of reference, the Nomination committee’s key duties include: (cid:116)(cid:1) leading the process for board appointments and making recommendations to the board; (cid:116)(cid:1) regularly reviewing the board structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge, independence, experience and diversity), recommending any changes; (cid:116)(cid:1) considering plans for orderly succession for appointments to the board and to senior management to maintain an appropriate balance of skills and experience within the Company and to ensure progressive refreshment of the board; (cid:116)(cid:1) keeping under review the leadership needs of the group, both executive and non-executive, to ensure the continued ability of the group organisation to compete efﬁciently in the marketplace; and (cid:116)(cid:1) before any appointment is made by the board, evaluating the skills, knowledge, experience, independence and diversity on the board and, in light of this evaluation, preparing a description of the role and capabilities required for a particular appointment. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 44 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e Audit committee report Members During the year and at the date of this report: Peter Smith (Chairman) Tim Clarke Lord Jay Key duties In accordance with its terms of reference, the Audit committee’s key duties include: (cid:116)(cid:1) monitoring the integrity of the group’s ﬁnancial statements and any formal announcements relating to the Company’s performance, reviewing signiﬁcant ﬁnancial reporting judgements contained in them before their submission to the board for approval; (cid:116)(cid:1) reviewing the group’s internal ﬁnancial controls, including the policies and overall process for assessing established systems of internal ﬁnancial control and timeliness and effectiveness of corrective action taken by management; (cid:116)(cid:1) overseeing the group’s arrangements for the prevention and detection of fraud, and whistleblowing; (cid:116)(cid:1) monitoring and reviewing the role and effectiveness of the group’s internal audit function in the context of the group’s overall ﬁnancial risk management system; and (cid:116)(cid:1) overseeing the relationship with the group’s external auditors, including reviewing and monitoring their objectivity and independence, and agreeing the scope of their work and fees paid to them for audit and non-audit services. Governance The Audit committee comprises a minimum of three members, all of whom are independent non-executive directors of the Company. Two members constitute a quorum. Appointments are for a period of three years after which they are subject to annual review, extendable by two further three-year periods so long as members continue to be independent. The committee structure requires the inclusion of one financially qualified member (as recognised by the Consultative Committee of Accountancy Bodies) with recent and relevant financial experience. Currently, the committee chairman fulfils this requirement. All committee members are expected to be financially literate and to have an understanding of the following areas: (cid:116)(cid:1) the principles of, and developments in, ﬁnancial reporting including the applicable accounting standards and statements of recommended practice; (cid:116)(cid:1) key aspects of the Company’s operations including corporate policies and the group’s internal control environment; (cid:116)(cid:1) matters which may inﬂuence the presentation of accounts and key ﬁgures; (cid:116)(cid:1) the principles of, and developments in, company law, sector- speciﬁc laws and other relevant corporate legislation; (cid:116)(cid:1) the role of internal and external auditing and risk management; and (cid:116)(cid:1) the regulatory framework for the group’s businesses. The committee invites the Group Finance Director, Group Financial Controller, Director of Financial Control and senior representatives of the external auditors to attend its meetings in full, although it reserves the right to request any of these individuals to withdraw. Other senior managers are invited to present such reports as are required for the committee to discharge its duties. During the year, the committee held three meetings with the external auditors without any executive member of the board being present. The committee has unrestricted access to Company documents and information, as well as to employees of the Company and the external auditors. The committee may take independent professional advice on any matters covered by its terms of reference at the Company’s expense. The committee chairman reports the outcome of meetings to the board. The committee’s effectiveness is reviewed on an annual basis as part of the board’s performance evaluation process. The full terms of reference of the Audit committee, which were reviewed and updated during the year, can be viewed on the Investors section of the Company’s website (www.abf.co.uk). Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 45 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e Meetings The Audit committee met four times during the year and has an agenda linked to events in the group’s financial calendar. Activities during the year In order to fulfil its terms of reference, the Audit committee receives and reviews presentations and reports from the group’s senior management, consulting as necessary with the external auditors. During the year, the committee formally reviewed draft interim and annual reports and associated announcements. These reviews considered: (cid:116)(cid:1) the accounting principles, policies and practices adopted in the group’s ﬁnancial statements and proposed changes to them; (cid:116)(cid:1) the integrity of the ﬁnancial statements, including a review of important accounting issues, areas of complexity and signiﬁcant ﬁnancial reporting judgements; (cid:116)(cid:1) litigation and contingent liabilities affecting the group; and (cid:116)(cid:1) potential tax contingencies and the group’s compliance with statutory tax obligations. The committee is required to assist the board to fulfil its responsibilities relating to the adequacy and effectiveness of the control environment, controls over financial reporting and the group’s compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. To fulfil these duties, the committee reviewed: (cid:116)(cid:1) the external auditors’ management letters and audit highlights memoranda; (cid:116)(cid:1) internal audit reports on key audit areas and signiﬁcant deﬁciencies in the ﬁnancial control environment; (cid:116)(cid:1) reports on the systems of internal ﬁnancial controls and risk Typically, the committee will approve the use of the external auditors to provide: accounting advice and training; employee benefit plan audits; corporate responsibility, IT and other assurance services; due diligence in respect of acquisitions and disposals; certain specified tax services including tax compliance, tax planning and related implementation advice; and certain other services when it is in the best interests of the Company to do so and they can be undertaken without jeopardising auditor independence. No individually significant non-audit assignments that would require disclosure were undertaken in the financial year. The Company has a policy that any recruits hired directly from the external auditors must be pre-approved by the Group HR Director, and the Group Finance Director or Group Financial Controller. The Audit committee has formally reviewed the independence of its auditors. KPMG Audit Plc have provided a letter confirming that they believe they remain independent within the meaning of the regulations on this matter and in accordance with their professional standards. To fulfil its responsibility to ensure the independence of the external auditors, the Audit committee reviewed: (cid:116)(cid:1) changes in external audit executives in the audit plan for the current year; (cid:116)(cid:1) a report from the external auditors describing their arrangements to identify, report and manage any conﬂicts of interest; and (cid:116)(cid:1) the extent of non-audit services provided by the external auditors. To assess the effectiveness of the external auditors, the committee reviewed: management; and (cid:116)(cid:1) the external auditors’ fulﬁlment of the agreed audit plan and (cid:116)(cid:1) reports on fraud perpetrated against the group. The Audit committee is responsible for the development, implementation and monitoring of policies and procedures on the use of the external auditors for non-audit services, in accordance with professional and regulatory requirements. These policies are kept under review to meet the objective of ensuring that the group benefits in a cost-effective manner from the cumulative knowledge and experience of its auditors whilst also ensuring that the auditors maintain the necessary degree of independence and objectivity. Consequently, any non-audit work to be undertaken by the auditor in excess of £300,000 is required to be authorised by the chairman of the Audit committee and the Group Finance Director prior to its commencement. Individual assignments less than £300,000 are approved by the Group Finance Director. The aggregate expenditure with the group auditors is reviewed by the Audit committee. variations from it; (cid:116)(cid:1) reports highlighting the major issues that arose during the course of the audit; (cid:116)(cid:1) feedback from the businesses evaluating the performance of each assigned audit team; and (cid:116)(cid:1) a report from the Audit Inspection Unit of the Financial Reporting Council (FRC). Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 46 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e The Audit committee holds private meetings with the external auditors after each committee meeting to review key issues within their sphere of interest and responsibility. To fulfil its responsibility for oversight of the external audit process, the Audit committee reviewed: (cid:116)(cid:1) the terms, areas of responsibility, associated duties and scope of the audit as set out in the external auditors’ engagement letter for the forthcoming year; (cid:116)(cid:1) the external auditors’ overall work plan for the forthcoming year; (cid:116)(cid:1) the external auditors’ fee proposal; (cid:116)(cid:1) the major issues that arose during the course of the audit and their resolution; The Audit committee has noted the changes to the UK Corporate Governance Code introduced by the FRC in September 2012 and, in particular, the requirement contained in the Guidance on Audit Committees to put the external audit contract out to tender at least every ten years. The new Code is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 October 2012 but the FRC has proposed possible transitional arrangements with respect to audit tendering (including a suggestion that tendering should normally fit the five yearly cycle of partner rotation) which will be considered by the Audit committee. The total fees paid to KPMG Audit Plc for the year ended 15 September 2012 were £8.7m of which £3.0m related to non-audit work. Further details are provided in note 2 to the financial statements. (cid:116)(cid:1) key accounting and audit judgements; (cid:116)(cid:1) the level of errors identiﬁed during the audit; and (cid:116)(cid:1) recommendations made by the external auditors in their management letters and the adequacy of management’s response. Consideration is also given by the Audit committee to the need to include the risk of the withdrawal of the external auditors from the market in its risk evaluation and planning. Although KPMG Audit Plc has been the Company’s auditor for many years, KPMG periodically changes its audit partners at a group, divisional and country level, in accordance with professional and regulatory standards in order to protect independence and objectivity and provide fresh challenge to the business. Such changes are carefully planned to ensure that the Company benefits from continuity of staffing without incurring undue risk or inefficiency. Stephen Oxley completed his five-year term as KPMG lead audit partner, allowable under auditing standards, at the conclusion of the audit last year. His successor, Richard Pinckard, is expected to continue as lead audit partner until the conclusion of the 2016 audit. Mr Pinckard was required by the Audit committee to undertake a detailed review of the external audit arrangements across the group. This included a review of senior audit executives and he presented his findings and recommendations to the committee. As part of the normal partner rotation arrangements, four divisional audit executives changed during the year. The Audit committee is satisfied with the auditors’ effectiveness and independence and has not considered it necessary this year to conduct a tender process for the appointment of its auditors. Having carried out the review described above and having satisfied itself that the external auditors remain independent and effective, the Audit committee has recommended to the board that KPMG Audit Plc be reappointed as the Company’s external auditor for 2012/2013. Internal audit function The Audit committee is required to assist the board to fulfil its responsibilities relating to the adequacy of the resourcing and plans of internal audit. To fulfil these duties, the committee reviewed: (cid:116)(cid:1) internal audit’s reporting lines and access to the committee and all members of the board; (cid:116)(cid:1) internal audit’s plans and its achievement of the planned activity; (cid:116)(cid:1) the results of key audits and other signiﬁcant ﬁndings, the adequacy of management’s response and the timeliness of resolution; (cid:116)(cid:1) the appointment of the replacement for the retiring Director of Financial Control; (cid:116)(cid:1) statistics on staff numbers, qualiﬁcations and experience, and timeliness of reporting; (cid:116)(cid:1) the level and nature of non-audit activity performed by internal audit; and (cid:116)(cid:1) changes since the last annual assessment in the nature and extent of signiﬁcant ﬁnancial risks and the group’s ability to respond to changes in its business and the external environment. The group’s whistleblowing policy contains arrangements for the Company Secretary to receive, in confidence, complaints on accounting, risk issues, internal controls, auditing issues and related matters for reporting to the Audit committee as appropriate. The group’s anti-fraud policy has been communicated to all employees and states that all employees have a responsibility for fraud prevention and detection. Any suspicion of fraud should be reported immediately and will be investigated vigorously. The chairman of the Audit committee will be present at the annual general meeting to answer questions on this report, matters within the scope of the committee’s responsibilities and any significant matters brought to the committee’s attention by the external auditors. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 47 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e Financial reporting Detailed management accounts are prepared every four weeks, consolidated in a single system and reviewed by senior management and the board. They include a comprehensive set of financial reports and key performance indicators covering commercial, operational, environmental and people issues. Performance against budgets and forecasts is discussed regularly at board meetings and at meetings between operational and group management. The adequacy and suitability of key performance indicators is reviewed regularly. All chief executives and finance directors of the group’s operations are asked to sign an annual confirmation that their business has complied with the Group Accounting Manual in the preparation of consolidated financial statements and specifically to confirm the adequacy and accuracy of accounting provisions. Internal audit The group’s businesses employ internal auditors (both employees and resources provided by Ernst & Young where appropriate) with skills and experience relevant to the operation of each business. All of the internal audit activities are co-ordinated centrally by the group’s Director of Financial Control, who is accountable to the Audit committee. All group businesses are required to comply with the group’s financial control framework that sets out minimum control standards. A key function of the group’s internal audit resources is to undertake audits to ensure compliance with the financial control framework and make recommendations for improvement in controls where appropriate. Internal audit also conducts regular reviews to ensure that risk management procedures and controls are observed. The Audit committee receives regular reports on the results of internal audit’s work and monitors the status of recommendations arising. The committee reviews annually the adequacy, qualifications and experience of the group’s internal audit resources and the nature and scope of internal audit activity in the overall context of the group’s risk management system set out below. The Director of Financial Control meets with the chairman of the committee as appropriate but at least annually, without the presence of executive management, and has direct access to the Chairman of the board. He also meets at least annually with the Audit committee, without the presence of executive management. Internal control The board acknowledges its responsibilities for the group’s system of internal control to facilitate the identification, assessment and management of risk, the protection of shareholders’ investments and the group’s assets. The directors recognise that they are responsible for providing a return to shareholders, which is consistent with the responsible assessment and mitigation of risks. Effective controls ensure that the group’s exposure to avoidable risk is minimised, that proper accounting records are maintained, that the financial information used within the business is reliable and that the consolidated accounts preparation and financial reporting processes comply with all relevant regulatory reporting requirements. The dynamics of the group and the environment within which it operates are continually evolving together with its exposure to risk. The system is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of assets being unprotected and to guard against their unauthorised use and the failure to achieve business objectives. Internal controls can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. The directors confirm that there is a process for identifying, evaluating and managing the risks faced by the group and the operational effectiveness of the related controls, which has been in place for the year under review and up to the date of approval of the annual report and accounts. They also confirm that they have regularly reviewed the system of internal controls utilising the review process set out below. Standards There are guidelines on the minimum groupwide requirements for health and safety and environmental standards. There are also guidelines on the minimum level of internal control that each of the divisions should exercise over specified processes. Each business has developed and documented policies and procedures to comply with the minimum control standards established, including procedures for monitoring compliance and taking corrective action. The board of each business is required to confirm bi-annually that it has complied with these policies and procedures. High level controls All operations prepare annual operating plans and budgets which are updated regularly. Performance against budget is monitored at operational level and centrally, with variances being reported promptly. The cash position at group and operational level is monitored constantly and variances from expected levels are investigated thoroughly. Clearly defined guidelines have been established for capital expenditure and investment decisions. These include the preparation of budgets, appraisal and review procedures and delegated authority levels. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 48 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e Principal risks and uncertainties Each business is responsible for its own risk management assessment which is reported to the group’s Director of Financial Control annually. Our decentralised business model empowers the boards and management of our businesses to identify, evaluate and manage the risks they face on a timely basis. Key risks and internal control procedures are reviewed at group level by the board. We require all businesses to implement appropriate levels of risk management to ensure compliance with all relevant legislation, our group health, safety and environment policies, our overriding business principles and group policies relating to them, taking into account business needs and local circumstances. Each business is responsible for regularly assessing its health, safety and environmental risks with managers, operators, contracting companies and specialist staff working together to identify hazards. Appropriate operational procedures and controls are put in place to mitigate risks and all employees are provided with appropriate information, training and supervision. Further details of our risk mitigation activities can be found in our Corporate Responsibility report at www.abf.co.uk/cr-risks. The board reviews annually the material financial and non-financial risks facing our businesses and, on a rolling cycle basis, reviews the effectiveness of the risk management process and the resources that our individual businesses devote to them. The principal risks currently identified by our businesses and reviewed by the board are: PEOPLE Issue Risk Mitigation Product safety Reputational damage caused by food hygiene or safety incidents. Non-compliance with regulatory requirements. Food safety put before economic considerations. Our businesses employ quality control specialists and operate strict policies to ensure consistently high standards are maintained in addition to the sourcing and handling of raw materials. Food safety systems regularly reviewed to ensure efficacy and legal compliance. Quality and food safety audits are undertaken at our manufacturing sites. Documented and tested product recall procedures are embedded in all our businesses and regularly reviewed. We proactively monitor the regulatory and legislative environment as well as emerging scientific research. Health and nutrition Health concerns over certain ingredients in food. Our recipes are regularly reviewed and reformulation is conducted as necessary to optimise the nutritional profile of products. Our UK Grocery group has signed the UK government’s ‘Responsibility Deal on Public Health’ and associated pledges to reduce salt, remove trans fats and promote healthy eating and lifestyle options to our employees. % Guideline Daily Amount labelling or equivalent nutritional information is provided to consumers in the UK and Australia. Our UK Grocery portfolio contains only a small number of products specifically intended for children. These products are marketed responsibly, following accepted codes of practice and within the parameters of a clear, operational business policy. Group health and safety policy in place. Increased financial investment in health and safety management. Information and guidance provided to our businesses. Internal and external audits of health, safety and management reporting extended. International Labour Organization conventions are taken into account and we strive to observe the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights in the management of all businesses. Staff throughout the group are recruited, trained and rewarded according to performance alone. Groupwide whistleblowing policy in place and kept under review. Inappropriate advertising to children. Workplace health and safety Potential for fatal accidents and serious injuries to employees and visitors. Employee rights Non-compliance with internationally recognised standards. Inability to recruit and retain high-calibre people at all levels necessary to achieve business performance targets and maintain profitable growth. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 49 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e PEOPLE Issue Management succession Risk Mitigation Failure to plan for succession to key roles could lead to a lack of management continuity and sub-optimal operational or financial performance. Each business has a succession plan which is reviewed with group management twice a year, and with the board, annually. Development of our senior managers is co-ordinated by the Group HR Director and the Head of Executive Development. A small number of executive search companies have been briefed to introduce us to talented executives from other companies who could add value to the group. Input costs, suppliers and supply chain reliability Damage to brands caused by supply chain weakness e.g. poor conditions for workers. Disruption to raw material supplies and production caused by problems with suppliers, natural disasters and other incidents. Extensive audit programme for labour standards of suppliers. Continued work, in partnership with suppliers and NGOs, to improve working conditions e.g. via training. Business continuity and disaster recovery planning regularly reviewed. Ethical business practices Penalties imposed or reputational damage suffered through bribery, corruption or unfair competition. All group businesses required to sign up to the group’s Business Principles and Anti-Bribery and Corruption policy with training provided to all staff. Reputational damage. Businesses work co-operatively to ensure visibility of reputational risk within supply chains and draw upon best practice management expertise across the group including Primark and Twinings. ENVIRONMENT Issue Risk Mitigation Climate change Long-term increase in energy prices. Compliance with the group’s environment policy. Physical threats to operations from climate change e.g. flooding. Altered weather patterns affecting crop productivity. Best available techniques employed to reduce energy consumption – statutory requirement for all sites subject to the EU’s Pollution Prevention and Control regime. Own electricity generated where possible, e.g. through combined heat and power plants and use of bagasse (waste sugar cane fibre). Agricultural raw materials sourced from a wide range of geographical locations and suppliers. Substantial investment to improve environmental risk management and energy efficiency. Air pollution Unacceptable impact on environment and offence caused to local communities by emissions to air. Plant and process changes assessed in advance before authorisation sought. As a minimum, comply with emission standards in country of operation. Disposal of waste and waste water Legal sanction and reputational damage because of non-compliance with regulations and licences. Responsibility assigned to senior executives in all businesses and specialists employed. As a minimum, comply with standards in country of operation. Water availability Water shortages and increased cost of water. Our UK Grocery group supports the Courtauld 2 Commitment to reduce packaging waste, the Food and Drink Federation ‘Fivefold Environmental Ambition’ and the Institute of Grocery Distribution ‘Water Savings Initiative’. Waste reduced, re-used or recycled wherever practicable. Water-intensive sites in areas of water stress identified, and efforts focused on water reduction in these areas. Investing heavily in the quality of our water usage data to enable improved monitoring and management of our water use. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 50 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e ENVIRONMENT Issue Risk Mitigation Resource efﬁciency Unnecessary costs from inefficient use Use of raw materials optimised. of natural resources. Packaging waste minimised consistent with food safety and product protection. Fuel consumption in transport minimised. Palm oil Reputational damage from unsustainable sourcing of palm oil. Group policy introduced to buy all palm oil from sustainable sources by 2015. Genetically modiﬁed (GM) crops Consumer concern over use of GM food ingredients. Recognised as a sensitive issue for some consumers and trends monitored by market. FINANCIAL AND REGULATORY Issue Risk Competition rules Global economic slowdown and changing consumer demand Financial, currency and commodity risks Penalties for failing to comply with 1998 Competition Act, the 2003 Enterprise Act, relevant EU law and all relevant competition legislation. Demand for our products declines due to uncertainty over economic outlook and impact on disposable incomes. Loss sustained as a result of failure of internal controls or fraud, and exposure to foreign currencies, interest rates, counterparty credit risk, liquidity risk, and changes in market prices especially for energy and commodities. Mitigation Clear policy direction and close support from specialist in-house legal department. Compulsory awareness training. Mitigated by diversity of business portfolio and geographic reach. Substantial investment in research and development, product quality, advertising and promotion, and focus on cost management. Adherence to the group’s financial control framework and anti-fraud policy. Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of board-approved policies and guidelines. Sufficient funding is maintained by way of external loans and committed bank facilities which are renewed or extended on a timely basis having regard to the group’s projected funding needs. Financial transactions are dealt through financial institutions with a credit rating of A or better. Details of the group’s accounting and risk management policies with respect to financial instruments and associated quantitative and qualitative disclosures are set out in note 24 on pages [93-104]. Tax compliance Failure to comply with local tax law resulting in underpayment of tax and exposure to related interest and penalties. The group has a financial control framework and a board-adopted tax policy requiring all businesses to comply fully with all relevant local tax law. Loss of a major site The loss of one of our key sites could present significant operational difficulties. Provision is made for known issues based on management’s interpretation of country-specific tax law and the likely outcome. Any interest and penalties on tax issues are provided for in the tax charge. Our businesses have business continuity plans in place to manage the impact of such an event and group insurance programmes to mitigate the financial consequences. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 FINANCIAL AND REGULATORY Issue Risk Regulatory and political Failure to recognise political or cultural differences in the many countries in which we operate could directly impact the success of our operations. Mitigation We remain vigilant to future changes and the increased risk presented by emerging markets. We engage with governments and NGOs to ensure the views of our stakeholders are represented and we try to anticipate, and contribute to, important changes in public policy. Our financial control requirements are consistently applied wherever we operate. Proposals to end sugar quotas in 2015. We are exploring alternative options with EU policymakers. Major capital projects and acquisitions Risk of overspending initial cost estimates, overrunning construction timelines and failure to meet design specifications. All major projects are managed by dedicated teams who work in close liaison with business management. Project plans are reviewed and approved by group management and, for larger projects, by the board. Updates on progress are provided throughout the project. 51 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | C o r p o r a t e g o v e r n a n c e Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 52 REMUNERATION REPORT D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | R e m u n e r a t i o n r e p o r t 200 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 Introduction 2011/12 was a very good trading year for the group with adjusted operating profit and adjusted earnings per share substantially ahead of last year. These excellent results have been achieved despite some continuing operational challenges and difficult trading conditions experienced by one or two of our businesses, as well as a non-cash charge of £98m for the impairment of assets in George Weston Foods in Australia. The performance graph below illustrates the performance of the Company over the past five years from September 2007 to September 2012, in terms of total shareholder return compared with that of the companies comprising the FTSE 100 index. This index has been selected because it represents a cross-section of leading UK companies. Year-on-year TSR – ABF v FTSE 100 (2007 = 100) (cid:116)(cid:1) ensure that the executive directors and ﬁrst line and second line executives are provided with appropriate, stretching incentives to encourage enhanced performance and are, in a fair and responsible manner, rewarded for their contributions to the long-term success of the Company; (cid:116)(cid:1) review the remuneration trends across the Company or group when determining the remuneration policy for executive directors; (cid:116)(cid:1) consider and determine all elements of the remuneration of the executive directors, receiving advisory information on the same in relation to the remuneration of the ﬁrst line executives; (cid:116)(cid:1) approve the design, determine targets for and monitor the operation of any performance-related pay schemes operated by the Company, and approve total annual payments under such schemes; and (cid:116)(cid:1) consider and determine other provisions of the service agreements of the executive directors and ensure that contractual terms on termination, and any payments made, are fair to the individual and the Company and that failure is not rewarded and loss is mitigated. ABF Remuneration policy The overall remuneration policy of the Company aims to: (cid:116)(cid:1) provide alignment between remuneration and the Company’s business objectives; FTSE 100 (cid:116)(cid:1) align executive rewards with shareholder value; 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 At close of business on 14 September 2012, the last trading day before the end of the financial year, the market value of the Company’s ordinary shares was 1275p. During the previous 12 months, the price ranged from 1069p to 1336p. The Remuneration committee The Remuneration committee is responsible to the board for determining the remuneration policy for executive directors, together with the specific terms and conditions of employment of each individual director, and for reviewing the overall policy for executive remuneration. The government has announced new remuneration reporting proposals, the aim of which is to improve transparency of reporting in the area of executive pay and to give shareholders greater power over future pay policy. The Remuneration committee welcomes these developments and, in the coming year, will be reviewing its remuneration practices and reporting in light of these proposed reforms. This report has been split into ‘policy’ and ‘implementation’ sections to reflect the proposed reforms. The board has recently reviewed the remit of the Remuneration committee. In summary it has agreed that the Remuneration committee will: (cid:116)(cid:1) determine and agree the framework or broad policy for the remuneration of the Chairman and the executive directors of the Company; (cid:116)(cid:1) determine the framework or broad policy for the remuneration for the ﬁrst line and second line reports to the Chief Executive and approve individual remuneration decisions when proposed arrangements fall outside the broad policy for remuneration; Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 (cid:116)(cid:1) attract and retain high-calibre executive directors; (cid:116)(cid:1) motivate executive directors to achieve challenging performance levels and reward them for so doing; (cid:116)(cid:1) recognise both individual and corporate achievement; and (cid:116)(cid:1) reﬂect the diversity of the group’s interests. The remuneration of executive directors is determined by the Remuneration committee taking into account group performance, individual performance and competitive market practice as well as the pay and conditions of the group’s UK employees. The total annual remuneration of executive directors comprises base salary, a cash bonus, shares granted under a long-term incentive scheme, pension provisions and other benefits. The Remuneration committee continues to believe that a substantial element of compensation should be ‘at risk’ in order to drive and reward performance and to align better the interests of executives with those of shareholders. The proportion of variable pay in the form of annual performance bonus and long-term incentives compared to base salary for executive directors is unchanged at around 1.6 to 1 for ‘on target’ performance. No increase in incentive awards is proposed for 2012/13. The composition of the executive directors’ remuneration packages for ‘on target’ and maximum performance is set out below: Executive directors – composition of overall package (%) Maximum On target Threshold 0 100 200 300 400 500 Base salary Annual bonus Long-term incentive 53 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | R e m u n e r a t i o n r e p o r t First line reports to the Chief Executive and other senior executives are also rewarded broadly within the same overall remuneration policy as executive directors, in order to ensure fairness and common purpose across the group. Other executives therefore participate in incentive arrangements similar to those of the executive directors, but with lower levels of potential payout. The proportion of variable pay to base salary for first line executives is unchanged at around 1 to 1 for ‘on-target’ performance. No changes to incentive yields or structures are proposed for 2012/13. Base salary Base salaries are reviewed in relation to median market data for comparable companies in terms of size, market sector and complexity. Other considerations are individual experience, performance, and scope of responsibility. The committee also receives an annual update from the Group HR Director concerning the level of increases awarded to UK employees across the group. Base salaries are normally reviewed on an annual basis or following a significant change in responsibilities. Annual bonus Executive directors and other senior executives are eligible to participate in an annual cash-based bonus scheme with payments based on the achievement of stretching financial targets and personal performance assessed against individual short and medium-term objectives. The group comprises a very diverse set of businesses which are required to deliver financial progress over both the short and long term. Financial targets for all executives are set on a business-by-business basis and reflect what can be directly influenced and the area of work for which each executive is accountable. Adjusted operating profit and working capital were chosen as the prime financial measures as they are common metrics which are used across the group on a day-to-day basis to drive and monitor business performance. At the start of the financial year, budgeted operating profit is set as the ‘on target’ performance level, and the Remuneration committee determines the range of operating profit at which minimum and maximum incentive payouts will be made. Similarly, the target and range for average working capital as a percentage of sales is determined at the start of the financial year. This metric is used as a multiplier to the bonus achieved for adjusted operating profit, whereby that bonus can be enhanced or reduced by up to 20%. The maximum annual performance bonus opportunity for executive directors in 2011/12 was 150% of base salary. Of that 150%, up to 130% of base salary may be paid for achievement of financial results as outlined above, and up to 20% of base salary may be paid for achievement of specific personal objectives. Bonuses to be paid to each of the executive directors for the personal element are based on an assessment of their individual performance against specific objectives for the appropriate financial year. ‘On target’ financial performance will yield a bonus of half the maximum financial payout, and two thirds of the potential personal performance element will be deemed ‘on target’, giving an overall total of around 78% of base salary for ‘on target’ performance. The structure and value of the annual performance bonus is shown below: Structure and value of executive directors’ annual performance bonus Financial results Personal element Total bonus Maximum On target Threshold Payout based on operating profit only 108.3% 65.0% 15.0% Modification to payout based on average working capital x 1.2 x 1.0 x 0.8 Overall financial payout 130.0% 65.0% Plus 12.0% 20.0% 13.3% = 0.0% 150.0% 78.3% 12.0% The Remuneration committee regularly reviews the annual performance bonus plans for both executive directors and for other groups of executives below board level to ensure that remuneration packages remain at a level sufficient to attract and retain high-calibre individuals. No changes to annual performance bonus plans are proposed for 2012/13. Long-term incentives Long-term incentives are paid in shares to reward long-term business growth and to promote executive retention. The Associated British Foods Executive Share Incentive Plan 2003 (‘the Share Incentive Plan’) was established following shareholder approval at the 2003 annual general meeting. This plan provides for long-term awards to be made in the form of conditional allocations of shares, subject to agreed performance targets being satisfied over a specified three-year period. Since 2006, annual allocations of conditional shares have been made to executive directors and other senior executives, thereby creating a series of overlapping three-year performance periods. The first four allocations to executive directors had a maximum face value of 125% of base salary. In December 2010, following agreement from shareholders at the annual general meeting, the maximum grant level under the Share Incentive Plan was increased to 200% of base salary. This increase was to ensure that long-term incentive plan opportunities remained competitive and commensurate with the increased size, complexity and international reach of the organisation. The share allocations made to executive directors in 2010 and 2011 were at 200% of base salary. No further changes to the long-term incentive plan yields are planned at the present time. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 54 REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | R e m u n e r a t i o n r e p o r t Since 2006 group performance for the Share Incentive Plan has been measured against an absolute range of 5% to 11% compound annual growth in adjusted earnings per share. Adjusted earnings per share remains the measure chosen for long-term group incentives because: (cid:116)(cid:1) it reﬂects the group’s objective of sustained long-term earnings growth; (cid:116)(cid:1) it is a measure which is well understood both by participants and shareholders; (cid:116)(cid:1) it is a published ﬁgure with limited adjustments; and (cid:116)(cid:1) it encompasses the diverse nature of the group. An absolute, rather than a relative measure is used, as the group is a global business for which UK inflation factors are of limited impact. Other financial measures have been considered, but found to be unhelpful or inappropriate. Measures which require testing against a group of companies, for example, relative TSR, are difficult to use given the problem of finding appropriate comparator companies. Cash flow or return measures have been considered, but these are to some extent already encompassed within the earnings per share measure, are likely to require many adjustments over a three-year period, and may reward volatility and thus detract from a direct growth measure. Under the current terms of the Share Incentive Plan, the sixth allocation of conditional shares will be made on or after 23 November 2012 for the new performance period September 2012 to September 2015. The Remuneration committee has reviewed the performance criteria and has determined that this allocation should again be measured against an absolute range of 5% to 11% compound annual growth in adjusted earnings per share. In setting long-term targets, the Remuneration committee has taken into account the volatility present in many of the markets in which the group operates, as well as the scale of investments made in the pursuit of long-term growth. The Remuneration committee believes that the 5% to 11% compound annual growth range remains achievable but stretching over the next three-year period. When the LTIP arrangements were amended in 2006 and annual share allocations were introduced, the new Share Incentive Plan was designed to pay out an average of around 50% of the maximum long-term incentive plan opportunity each year over time. Given the results of the LTIP scheme to date, analysts’ forecasts and the internal forecasts for the next few years, the Remuneration committee considers that this ‘on target’ expectation is achievable, and should provide a fair but stretching incentive for executives. Structure and value of executive directors’ long-term Share Incentive Plan Maximum Cut in Award as % of base salary 200% 20% Adjusted earnings per share 11% 5% Long-term incentives for first and second line executives with divisional responsibility are largely measured against adjusted operating profit and working capital targets, rather than group adjusted earnings per share, and individual business performance targets are set at the beginning of each three-year cycle by reference to the specific business for which each executive is directly responsible. The level of long-term share awards for divisional executives therefore depends on the level of performance achieved in each business. Shareholding requirement In 2010, at the same time as approving increases to the maximum grant levels under the Share Incentive Plan, the Remuneration committee also agreed that those executives who most closely influence the sustained long-term growth of the Company should be required to demonstrate their commitment to the Company by aligning their personal interests to the success of the group and its shareholders. Consequently, from 2013 executive directors and all first line reports to the Chief Executive are expected to build and maintain a shareholding in the Company to a value at least equal to their pre-tax base salary. In order to achieve this target, executives will be required to retain at least 50% of any post-tax shares vesting each year from 2013, until such time as the appropriate level of shareholding has been reached and then to manage their shareholding in such a way as to continue to meet the requirement. Other executives participating in the Share Incentive Plan are now encouraged to build up a beneficial interest in the Company, but are not required to do so. No further changes are planned at the present time. Pensions The Remuneration committee aims to ensure that retirement benefits are in line with best practice standards adopted by major companies in continental Europe and the United Kingdom. The Company provides a final salary, defined benefit arrangement for executives who were employed before the scheme was closed to new entrants in October 2002. This scheme is designed to provide retirement benefits of around two thirds of final pensionable salary at normal retirement age. Executives employed after this date benefit from defined contribution arrangements. Both schemes are HM Revenue & Customs approved. Following recent governmental changes regarding the taxation of pensions and the potential impact that any proposals would have on high earners, the Company introduced flexible accrual and contribution options to enable executives to mitigate their tax liabilities. The executive directors were both members of the defined benefit scheme, but opted out of this scheme on 5 April 2006, and since then have earned benefits in the Employer Financed Retirement Benefit Scheme (EFRBS). The EFRBS is unregistered, but is designed to broadly mirror the provisions of the final salary, defined benefit arrangements. Beneﬁts Executive directors are also entitled to the provision of a fully expensed company car, private medical insurance, life assurance, home and mobile telephone costs and the reimbursement of reasonable business expenses. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 55 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | R e m u n e r a t i o n r e p o r t Remuneration of non-executive directors The board reviews non-executive directors’ fees periodically in the light of fees payable in comparable companies and the importance attached to the retention and attraction of high-calibre individuals as non-executive directors. Fees are paid on a per annum basis and are not varied for the number of days worked. Non-executive directors receive no other benefits and take no part in any discussion or decision concerning their own fees. Fees for both the Chairman and other non-executive directors were last increased on 1 December 2010, and will be reviewed again on 1 December 2012. Directors’ service contracts It is the Company’s policy that all executive directors have rolling contracts with 12 month notice periods and that, (with the exception of Galen Weston who retired as a director on 9 December 2011), all non-executive directors have rolling contracts with 6 month notice periods. The Company’s Articles of Association require that all directors retire from office if they have not retired at either of the preceding two annual general meetings. In any event, at this year’s AGM, all directors are standing for re-election in compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. Details of the contracts of service of directors who served during the year ended 15 September 2012 are set out below: Charles Sinclair George Weston John Bason Tim Clarke Lord Jay Javier Ferrán Peter Smith Emma Adamo Date of appointment 01.10.08 19.04.99 04.05.99 03.11.04 01.11.06 01.11.06 28.02.07 09.12.11 Effective date of current contract 21.04.09 01.06.05 16.03.99 03.11.04 01.11.06 01.11.06 28.02.07 09.12.11 Notice period from Company 6 months 12 months 12 months 6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months 6 months Notice period from director Unexpired portion of service contract 6 months Rolling contract 12 months Rolling contract 12 months Rolling contract 6 months Rolling contract 6 months Rolling contract 6 months Rolling contract 6 months Rolling contract 6 months Rolling contract The Remuneration committee takes the view that the entitlement of the executive directors to 12 months’ notice of termination of employment is in line with the practice of many comparable companies. Executive directors’ service contracts also provide for payment in lieu of notice at the Company’s discretion. The Remuneration committee’s aim is always to deal fairly with cases of termination whilst taking a robust line in minimising any compensation and ensuring that failure is not rewarded. The Remuneration committee has given due consideration to the recommendations contained in the UK Corporate Governance Code regarding inclusion of explicit provisions in directors’ service contracts for compensation commitments in the event of early termination. The Remuneration committee will continue to keep under review its current practice, which is not to include such provisions in order to enable it to respond appropriately to particular circumstances. In such situations, the Remuneration committee will consider the appropriate use of mitigation. Executive directors serving as non-executive directors The Remuneration committee has determined that executive directors serving as non-executive directors of other companies may retain any fees earned. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 56 REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | R e m u n e r a t i o n r e p o r t Implementation report for 2011/12 Remuneration committee composition The Remuneration committee currently consists of five non-executive directors. The members of the committee who held office during the year and at the date of this report are: Charles Sinclair (Chairman) Tim Clarke (Senior Independent Director) Lord Jay Javier Ferrán Peter Smith The committee met on five occasions during the year. Consultants The Remuneration committee has retained Towers Watson to provide independent market information and remuneration advice. Towers Watson does not provide any other consulting services to the Company. In addition to Towers Watson, the following people provided material advice or services to the committee during the year: George Weston, Chief Executive Des Pullen, Group HR Director George Weston did not advise in respect of his own remuneration. The Group HR Director and Towers Watson provided support and liaison throughout the year. Base salary Executive directors’ salaries were reviewed on 1 December 2011 in accordance with normal policy. The salaries of George Weston and John Bason were both increased by around 3.8% in line with average increases for UK executives across the group. George Weston’s salary is now £950,000 per annum and John Bason’s salary is £625,000 per annum. Executive directors’ salaries are next subject to review on 1 December 2012. Annual bonus There will be a payout of 78.3% of salary to executive directors in respect of the financial element of the annual bonus for the 2011/12 financial year. This reflects the very strong performance of the group when adjusted operating profit was well above expectations, although the working capital performance lowered the potential payout of the financial element of the bonus by around 15.5%. Following a review of individual performance against specific objectives for the 2011/12 financial year, the Remuneration committee has determined that George Weston will receive 12.65% and John Bason 14.5% of base salary for the personal element of the annual bonus. These percentage awards both represent good overall performance with major objectives having been achieved. Long-term incentives For the three-year performance period ended September 2011 the compound annual growth in adjusted earnings per share was 10.46%, resulting in a release of 83.8% of the shares allocated in November 2008. The executive directors’ interests in shares under the Share Incentive Plan are as follows: George Weston John Bason Award date 21.11.08 23.11.09 20.12.10 23.11.11 21.11.08 23.11.09 20.12.10 23.11.11 Market price at date of award (p) 656.00 833.50 1076.00 1098.40 656.00 833.50 1076.00 1098.40 End of performance period 17.09.11 15.09.12 14.09.13 13.09.14 17.09.11 15.09.12 14.09.13 13.09.14 Vesting date 21.11.11 23.11.12 23.11.13 24.11.14 21.11.11 23.11.12 23.11.13 24.11.14 Shares vested during the year 131,741 – – – 87,827 – – – Market price at date of vesting (p) 1073.7 – – – 1073.7 – – – Value vested £ 1,414,503 – – – 942,998 – – – Conditional allocations of shares as at 17.09.11 157,203 128,974 162,268 – 104,802 86,608 108,922 – Conditional allocations of shares as at 15.09.12 – 128,974 162,268 166,606 – 86,608 108,922 109,614 For the three-year performance period ended September 2012, the compound annual growth in adjusted earnings per share was 14.76%. The Remuneration committee has, however, determined that as a result of the asset impairment charge of £98m in the 2012 financial statements in connection with the Don KRC business, it would be appropriate for them to apply their discretion under the Share Incentive Plan to reduce the vesting proportion from 100% to 97.42%. Therefore, in November 2012 executive directors will receive 97.42% of the conditional shares allocated in 2009. As long-term incentives for executives with divisional responsibility are largely measured against adjusted operating profit and working capital targets, set by reference to the business for which each executive is directly responsible, the long-term share awards for these executives depend on the level of performance achieved in each business. In 2012, 55 senior executives, excluding the executive directors, representing 77.5% of all eligible participants, will receive a release of shares in November. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 57 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | R e m u n e r a t i o n r e p o r t Shareholding requirement The requirement for executive directors and all first line reports to the Chief Executive to build up a shareholding in the Company to a value at least equal to their pre-tax base salary will come into force in 2013. At the date of this report, both George Weston and John Bason are already fully compliant with this requirement. Directors’ interests The directors of the Company as at 15 September 2012 had the following interests in the shares of the Company notifiable under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules. Charles Sinclair Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p George Weston Wittington Investments Limited, ordinary shares of 50p Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p John Bason Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p Tim Clarke Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p Lord Jay Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p Javier Ferrán Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p Peter Smith Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p Emma Adamo Wittington Investments Limited, ordinary shares of 50p Associated British Foods plc, ordinary shares of 515/22p As at 15 September 2012 As at 17 September 2011 12,760 12,760 23,681 3,324,369 2,367 3,261,340 60,337 55,001 4,000 4,000 500 500 2,400 2,400 2,000 2,000 1,322 466,234 n/a n/a The interests above remained the same at 6 November 2012. Pensions The table below shows both the defined benefit pension entitlements from the ABF Scheme and EFRBS where appropriate, of executive directors of Associated British Foods plc who were members of the ABF Scheme during the year ended 15 September 2012. Pension entitlements and corresponding transfer values increased as follows during the year: Increase in accrued pension £000 pa (A) 33 23 Increase in accrued pension net of inflation £000 pa (B) 25 18 Total accrued pension at 15.09.12 £000 pa (C) 406 232 Director’s contributions during period £000 (D) 20 20 Value of net increase in accrual over period £000 (E) 283 312 Value of accrued pension at 15.09.12 £000 (F) 5,105 4,493 Value of accrued pension at 17.09.11 £000 (G) 3,787 3,406 Total change in value during period £000 (H) 1,298 1,067 George Weston John Bason Notes: 1. Pension accruals (A) and (C) are the amounts which would be paid annually on retirement based on service to the end of the year, or earlier retirement. 2. The pension values (E), (F) and (G) are transfer values calculated in accordance with Occupational Pension Schemes (Transfer Values) Regulations 2008. 3. The increase in accrued pension net of inflation (B) uses a CPI based inflation figure as opposed to previous years which were based on RPI. 4. The value of net increase in pension (E) represents the incremental value to the director of his pension benefits during the year, resulting from additional service and increases in salary. It is based on the increase in accrued pension net of inflation (B) after deducting the director’s contribution during the year (D). 5. The change in the transfer value (H) includes the effect of fluctuations in the transfer value due to factors beyond the control of the Company and directors, such as stock market movements. The directors’ contributions during the year are excluded from this value. 6. Both directors opted out of the ABF Scheme on 5 April 2006, and since then have earned benefits in the Employer Financed Retirement Benefit Scheme (EFRBS). The figures shown represent the aggregate of benefits in the ABF Scheme and the EFRBS. 7. Voluntary contributions paid by directors and resulting benefits are not shown. 8. Pension benefits include a 50% spouse’s pension. Pensions are guaranteed to increase in line with RPI limited each year to 5% (2.5% for benefits accrued post 1 January 2008). Additional discretionary increases to pensions in payment have been granted in the past. 9. As in previous years the directors’ contributions during the period (D) recognises the amount of salary sacrifice made by the directors in lieu of paying contributions. Both directors ‘contribute’ 15% of the scheme-specific salary cap so the amount is the same for both. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 58 REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | R e m u n e r a t i o n r e p o r t Beneﬁts The taxable value of a fully expensed company car, private medical insurance, life assurance, home and mobile telephone costs and the reimbursement of reasonable business expenses is included in the table of directors’ remuneration below. Where benefits are taken in cash they are included in ‘Other benefits’. Benefits which are taxed as ‘Benefits in kind’ are shown separately. Summary of directors’ remuneration The remuneration paid to all directors for the year to 15 September 2012 was as follows: Non-executive directors Charles Sinclair Tim Clarke Lord Jay Javier Ferrán Peter Smith Emma Adamo Galen Weston Executive directors George Weston John Bason Salary or fees £000 Annual bonus1 £000 Benefits in kind £000 Other benefits £000 Total benefits £000 333 72 60 60 72 46 nil 918 597 – – – – – – – 864 580 – – – – – – – 1 3 – – – – – – – 13 13 – – – – – – – 14 16 2012 total £000 333 72 60 60 72 46 – 2011 total £000 327 70 58 58 70 – – 1,796 1,193 1,337 884 1 Bonus will be paid in December 2012 for the ﬁnancial year 2011/12. Executive directors serving as non-executive directors During the year, George Weston served as a non-executive director of Wittington Investments Limited for which he received no compensation. John Bason is a non-executive director and chairman of the Audit committee of Compass Group PLC, for which he received a total fee of £103,000 in the 2011/12 financial year. He also served as a trustee of Voluntary Service Overseas and as deputy chairman of the charity FareShare, but received no compensation in respect of either of these roles. Compliance statement This report sets out the policy and disclosures on directors’ remuneration as required by the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 issued under the Companies Act 2006 (‘the Act’). In accordance with the Act, a resolution to approve this report will be proposed at the forthcoming annual general meeting of the Company. The vote will have advisory status in respect of the remuneration policy and overall remuneration packages and will not be specific to individual levels of remuneration. KPMG Audit Plc has audited the report to the extent required by the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, being the sections in the Implementation report for 2011/12 above entitled ‘Directors’ interests’, ‘Long-term incentives’, ‘Pensions’ and ‘Summary of directors’ remuneration’ . By order of the board Paul Lister Company Secretary 6 November 2012 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 59 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | O t h e r d i s c l o s u r e s OTHER DISCLOSURES Business review The Companies Act 2006 requires the Company to set out in the Directors’ report a fair review of the business of the Company during the financial year ended 15 September 2012 including an analysis of the position of the business at the end of the financial year and a description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Company (the ‘Business review’). The purpose of the Business review is to enable shareholders to assess how the directors have performed their duties under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006, being the duty to promote the success of the Company. The information that fulfils the requirements of the Business review can be found in the following sections of this report: (cid:116)(cid:1) Chairman’s statement on pages 14 and 15; (cid:116)(cid:1) Our group at a glance on pages 12 and 13; (cid:116)(cid:1) Operating review on pages 16 to 29, which includes a review of the external environment, key strategic aims and performance measures; (cid:116)(cid:1) Financial review on pages 30 and 31; (cid:116)(cid:1) Corporate responsibility on pages 32 to 35; Charitable and political donations Contributions to charitable organisations by the group during the year totalled £3.4m (2011 – £2.7m). No political donations were made during the year. Financial instruments Details of the group’s use of financial instruments, together with information on our risk objectives and policies and our exposure to price, credit, liquidity, cash flow and interest rate risks, can be found in note 24 on pages 96 to 107. Payments to suppliers The Company has no material trade creditors but has a group policy on payment of suppliers set out in its business principles which states that the group settles its bills promptly, being a signatory to the Prompt Payment Code. The suppliers are made aware of the terms of this policy. Further information concerning the Prompt Payment Code, and copies of it, can be found at www.promptpaymentcode.org.uk. Employees Employees are the group’s most important resource, and it therefore abides by the following principles: (cid:116)(cid:1) Principal risks and uncertainties are described on pages 48 to 51; (cid:116)(cid:1) equal opportunities – it is committed to offering equal (cid:116)(cid:1) details of the principal operating subsidiaries are set out on page 109; and (cid:116)(cid:1) information on essential contracts or arrangements on page 61. Principal activities The activities of the group principally concern the processing and manufacture of food worldwide and textile retailing in the UK and continental Europe. Comments on the development of the business during the period under review and on the future outlook are contained within the Chairman’s statement on pages 14 and 15 and the Operating review on pages 16 to 29. The Company is the holding company for the Associated British Foods plc group (‘the group’). Details of the principal operating subsidiaries are set out on page 109. The audited financial statements of the group and Company appear on pages 64 to 115. Results and dividends The consolidated income statement is on page 64. Profit for the financial year attributable to equity shareholders amounted to £555m. The directors recommend a final dividend of 20.0p per ordinary share, to be paid, if approved, on 11 January 2013 which, together with the interim dividend of 8.5p per share paid in July, amounts to 28.5p for the year. Dividends are detailed on page 80. Research and development Innovative use of existing and emerging technologies will continue to be crucial to the successful development of new products and processes for the group. The Company has a major technical centre in the UK at the Allied Technical Centre. Facilities also exist at ACH Food Companies in the US, Weston Technologies and AB Mauri in Australia and the Netherlands, and AB Enzymes in Germany. These centres support the technical resources of the trading divisions in the search for new technology and in monitoring and maintaining high standards of quality and food safety. opportunities in recruitment, training, career development and promotion to all people, including those with disabilities, having regard for their particular aptitudes and abilities. As a matter of policy, full and fair consideration is given to applicants with disabilities and every effort is made to give employees who become disabled whilst employed by the group an opportunity for retraining and for continuation in employment. It is group policy that the training, career development and promotion of disabled persons should, as far as possible, be the same as that of other employees; (cid:116)(cid:1) health and safety – health and safety are considered as equal in importance to that of any other function of the group and its business objectives. The policy and a full global report is available on the Company’s website at www.abf.co.uk; (cid:116)(cid:1) harassment – the group will not tolerate sexual, mental or physical harassment in the workplace. It expects incidents of harassment to be reported to the appropriate human resources director; (cid:116)(cid:1) human rights – managers must take account of the core International Labour Organization labour conventions and strive to observe the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights, by respecting the dignity and human rights of its employees and in particular as stated below: “Universal respect for an observance of human rights and fundamental freedoms for all without discrimination as to race, sex, language or religion.” It remunerates fairly with respect to skills, performance, its peers and local conditions. (cid:116)(cid:1) communication – the group will brief and consult employees and their representatives on all relevant matters on a regular basis in order to take their views into account with regard to decision-making and to achieve a common awareness of all the ﬁnancial and economic factors affecting the performance of the group. Information relevant to the employees will be provided systematically to employees; and Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 60 OTHER DISCLOSURES CONTINUED D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | O t h e r d i s c l o s u r e s (cid:116)(cid:1) security – the security of our staff and customers is paramount and the group will at all times take the necessary steps to minimise risks to their safety. Property, plant and equipment The group’s property, plant and equipment are included in the financial statements at depreciated historic cost. The properties are employed in the business and many of them were acquired when market values were substantially lower than at present. The directors consider that a surplus over book value exists, but have not quantified the excess. Substantial shareholding and controlling interest Details of a controlling interest in the shares of the Company are given in note 28 on page 109. As at 31 October 2012, the Company had received formal notification, under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, of the following material interest in its shares: Shareholder The Capital Group Companies, Inc. Number of ordinary shares % of issued share capital 24,295,000 3.0688 Date of notification of interest 4 September 2012 Power to issue shares At the last annual general meeting, held on 9 December 2011, authority was given to the directors to allot unissued relevant securities in the Company up to a maximum of an amount equivalent to two thirds of the shares in issue (of which one third must be offered by way of rights issue). This authority expires on the date of the annual general meeting to be held on 7 December 2012. No such shares have been issued. The directors propose to renew this authority at the annual general meeting to be held on 7 December 2012 for the following year. A further special resolution passed at that meeting granted authority to the directors to allot equity securities in the Company for cash, without regard to the pre-emption provisions of the Companies Act 2006. This authority also expires on the date of the 2012 annual general meeting and the directors will seek to renew this authority for the following year. Power to purchase own shares The Companies Act 2006 empowers the Company to purchase its own shares subject to the necessary shareholder approval. The Company has no existing authority to purchase its own shares. Directors The names of the persons who were directors of the Company during the financial year and as at 6 November 2012 appear on pages 36 and 37 (with the exception of Galen Weston who resigned as a non-executive director of the Company with effect from the close of the last AGM held on 9 December 2011). All the current directors are standing for election or re-election at this year’s AGM in December. Appointment of directors The Company’s Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’) give the directors power to appoint and replace directors. Under the terms of reference of the Nomination committee, any appointment must be recommended by the Nomination committee for approval by the board of directors. A person who is not recommended by the directors may only be appointed as a director where details of that director have been provided at least seven and not more than 35 days prior to the relevant meeting by at least two members of the Company. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 The Articles also require directors to retire and submit themselves for election at the first annual general meeting following appointment and all directors who held office at the time of the two preceding annual general meetings, and in any event not less than one third of the relevant directors (excluding those directors who retire other than by rotation), to submit themselves for re-election. In any event, the board has decided that all directors will stand for election or re-election at the AGM this year in compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. Power of the directors The directors are responsible for managing the business of the Company and may exercise all the powers of the Company subject to the provisions of relevant statutes, to any directions given by special resolution and to the Company’s Articles. The Articles, for example, contain specific provisions and restrictions concerning the Company’s power to borrow money. As indicated above, powers relating to the issuing of shares are also included in the Articles and such authorities are renewed by shareholders at the annual general meeting each year. Articles of Association The Articles themselves may be amended by special resolution of the shareholders. Directors’ indemnities Three directors of operating subsidiaries benefited from qualifying third-party indemnity provisions provided by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, ABF Investments plc, during the financial year and at the date of this report. Signiﬁcant agreements The group has contractual arrangements with many parties including directors, employees, customers, suppliers and banking groups. The following arrangements are considered to be significant in terms of their potential impact on the business of the group as a whole: (cid:116)(cid:1) the group has a number of borrowing facilities provided by various banking groups. These facility agreements generally include change of control provisions which, in the event of a change in ownership of the Company, could result in their renegotiation or withdrawal. The most signiﬁcant agreements are the £1.15bn syndicated loan facility which was signed on 13 July 2010 and under which there were no drawdowns at the year end and the £120m loan from the European Investment Bank which was signed on 5 December 2007 and under which £120m was drawn down at the year end; (cid:116)(cid:1) in addition to these bank facilities, in March 2009 the Company issued US$610m of private placement notes to institutional investors and, in December 2011 and March 2012, the Company issued a further US$626m of private placement notes. In accordance with the scheduled maturities, no repayment of these notes had taken place by the year end. In the event of a change in ownership of the Company, the Company is obliged to make an offer of immediate repayment to the note holders; and (cid:116)(cid:1) in September 2010, the group entered into contracts for the supply to the UK business of electricity and gas. These agreements include provisions which, in the event of a change of control of the Company, could result in the agreement being altered or terminated. 61 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | O t h e r d i s c l o s u r e s Directors’ responsibility statement (cid:116)(cid:1) the ﬁnancial statements, prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, ﬁnancial position and proﬁt of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and (cid:116)(cid:1) pursuant to Disclosure and Transparency Rules, Chapter 4, the following sections of the Company’s annual report contain a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company, and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face: 1. The Chairman’s statement on pages 14 and 15; 2. Operating review on pages 16 to 29, which includes a review of the external environment, key strategic aims, future development and performance measures; 3. Financial review on pages 30 and 31; 4. Other disclosures: ‘Research and development’; 5. Other disclosures: ‘Financial instruments’; 6. Other disclosures: ‘Property, plant and equipment’; 7. Other disclosures: ‘Power of the directors’; and 8. ‘Principal risks and uncertainties’ on pages 48 to 51. On behalf of the board Charles Sinclair Chairman George Weston Chief Executive John Bason Finance Director 6 November 2012 Essential contracts or arrangements Individual companies in the group have contractual and other arrangements with many third parties in support of the group’s business activities. Such contracts and arrangements may be deemed essential to one or more operating company but there are no contracts or arrangements considered to be essential to the group as a whole, save that British Sugar has collective bargaining agreements with UNITE and GMB unions and a contract with the National Farmers’ Union, the Inter Professional Agreement (‘IPA’). The IPA consists of approximately 4,000 identical but individual contracts with sugar beet growers. Similarly, AB Azucarera Iberia in Spain has some 4,800 individual contracts with sugar beet growers which are negotiated and signed with the four professional agricultural organisations (farmers’ unions) in that country. Further information Further information that fulfils the requirements of Part 6 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 and which should be treated as forming part of this report by reference are included in the following sections of the annual report: (cid:116)(cid:1) details of the structure of the Company’s share capital and the rights attached to the Company’s shares set out on page 93; and (cid:116)(cid:1) details of share schemes set out on pages 94 and 95, including the voting policy of the trustee of a trust holding ordinary shares of the Company. Disclosure of information to auditors The directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and each director has taken all the steps that he ought to have taken as a director to make himself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of that information. For these purposes, relevant audit information means information needed by the Company’s auditors in connection with the preparation of their report on page 63. Auditors In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution for the reappointment of KPMG Audit Plc as auditors of the Company is to be proposed at the forthcoming annual general meeting. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES IN RESPECT OF THE ANNUAL REPORT AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Directors’ report, Remuneration report and Corporate governance report that complies with that law and those regulations. The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the group and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. Company law requires the directors to prepare group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they are required to prepare the group financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance with UK Accounting Standards and applicable law (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice). Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the group and parent company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the group and parent company financial statements, the directors are required to: (cid:116)(cid:1) select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; (cid:116)(cid:1) make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; (cid:116)(cid:1) for the group ﬁnancial statements, state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU; (cid:116)(cid:1) for the parent company ﬁnancial statements, state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the parent company ﬁnancial statements; and (cid:116)(cid:1) prepare the ﬁnancial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the group and the parent company will continue in business. 62 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | S t a t e m e n t o f d i r e c t o r s ' r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s i n r e s p e c t o f t h e a n n u a l r e p o r t a n d t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 63 D i r e c t o r s ’ r e p o r t | G o v e r n a n c e | I n d e p e n d e n t a u d i t o r s ’ r e p o r t INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT We have audited the financial statements of Associated British Foods plc for the 52 week period ended 15 September 2012 set out on pages 64 to 115. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements is applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Company financial statements is applicable law and UK Accounting Standards (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice). This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 62, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit, and express an opinion on, the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s (APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors. Scope of the audit of the ﬁnancial statements A description of the scope of an audit of financial statements is provided on the APB’s website at www.frc.org.uk/apb/scope/ private.cfm. Opinion on ﬁnancial statements In our opinion: (cid:116)(cid:1) the ﬁnancial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 15 September 2012 and of the group’s proﬁt for the period then ended; (cid:116)(cid:1) the consolidated ﬁnancial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU; (cid:116)(cid:1) the Company ﬁnancial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and (cid:116)(cid:1) the ﬁnancial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and, as regards the consolidated ﬁnancial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 In our opinion: (cid:116)(cid:1) the part of the Remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and (cid:116)(cid:1) the information given in the Directors’ report for the ﬁnancial year for which the ﬁnancial statements are prepared is consistent with the ﬁnancial statements. Matters on which we are required to report by exception We have nothing to report in respect of the following: Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: (cid:116)(cid:1) adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or (cid:116)(cid:1) the parent company ﬁnancial statements and the part of the Remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or (cid:116)(cid:1) certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration speciﬁed by law are not made; or (cid:116)(cid:1) we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or (cid:116)(cid:1) a Corporate governance statement has not been prepared by the Company. Under the Listing Rules we are required to review: (cid:116)(cid:1) the Directors’ statement, set out on page 43, in relation to going concern; (cid:116)(cid:1) the part of the Corporate governance statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code speciﬁed for our review; and (cid:116)(cid:1) certain elements of the report to shareholders by the Board on directors’ remuneration. Richard Pinckard for and on behalf of KPMG Audit Plc Chartered Accountants Statutory Auditor 15 Canada Square London E14 5GL 6 November 2012 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 Before exceptional items 2012 £m 12,252 (11,302) – 950 27 (6) 971 1,077 (6) (100) – (9) 962 9 (114) 2 859 974 (6) (100) – (9) (91) (116) – (207) 652 624 28 652 Note 1 2 2 11 1 8 2 21 4 4 4 8 2 5 7 6 Exceptional items1 2012 £m – – (98) (98) – – (98) – – – (98) – (98) – – – (98) – – – (98) – – – 29 29 (69) (69) – (69) Total 2012 £m 12,252 (11,302) (98) 852 27 (6) 873 1,077 (6) (100) (98) (9) 864 9 (114) 2 761 974 (6) (100) (98) (9) (91) (116) 29 (178) 583 555 28 583 70.3 28.50 2011 £m 11,065 (10,265) – 800 37 5 842 920 5 (83) – – 842 9 (101) 7 757 835 5 (83) – – (92) (88) – (180) 577 541 36 577 68.7 24.75 64 CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | C o n s o l i d a t e d i n c o m e s t a t e m e n t Continuing operations Revenue Operating costs before exceptional items Exceptional items Share of profit after tax from joint ventures and associates Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets Operating profit Adjusted operating profit Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets Amortisation of non-operating intangibles Exceptional items Profits less losses on sale and closure of businesses Profit before interest Finance income Finance expense Other financial income Profit before taxation Adjusted profit before taxation Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets Amortisation of non-operating intangibles Exceptional items Profits less losses on sale and closure of businesses Taxation – UK – Overseas (excluding tax on exceptional items) – Overseas (on exceptional items) Profit for the period Attributable to Equity shareholders Non-controlling interests Profit for the period Basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share (pence) Dividends per share paid and proposed for the period (pence) 1 Refer to accounting policy on page 70. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 65 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | C o n s o l i d a t e d s t a t e m e n t o f c o m p r e h e n s i v e i n c o m e Profit for the period recognised in the income statement Other comprehensive income Actuarial (losses)/gains on defined benefit schemes Deferred tax associated with defined benefit schemes Effect of movements in foreign exchange Net gain on hedge of net investment in foreign subsidiaries Deferred tax associated with movements in foreign exchange Current tax associated with movements in foreign exchange Movement in cash flow hedging position Deferred tax associated with movement in cash flow hedging position Other comprehensive income for the period Total comprehensive income for the period Attributable to Equity shareholders Non-controlling interests Total comprehensive income for the period 2012 £m 583 (99) 23 (241) 11 3 (4) (21) 4 (324) 259 281 (22) 259 2011 £m 577 12 (4) 89 2 (1) (1) 6 (1) 102 679 657 22 679 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 66 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET at 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | C o n s o l i d a t e d b a l a n c e s h e e t Non-current assets Intangible assets Property, plant and equipment Biological assets Investments in joint ventures Investments in associates Employee benefits assets Deferred tax assets Other receivables Total non-current assets Current assets Inventories Biological assets Trade and other receivables Derivative assets Cash and cash equivalents Total current assets Total assets Current liabilities Loans and overdrafts Trade and other payables Derivative liabilities Income tax Provisions Total current liabilities Non-current liabilities Loans Provisions Deferred tax liabilities Employee benefits liabilities Total non-current liabilities Total liabilities Net assets Equity Issued capital Other reserves Translation reserve Hedging reserve Retained earnings Total equity attributable to equity shareholders Non-controlling interests Total equity Note 2012 £m 2011 £m 8 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 15 10 14 24 16 17 18 24 19 17 19 13 12 20 20 20 1,769 4,541 89 174 40 18 189 151 6,971 1,500 109 1,236 33 391 3,269 10,240 (538) (1,752) (50) (150) (98) (2,588) (914) (38) (366) (113) (1,431) (4,019) 6,221 45 175 532 (17) 5,099 5,834 387 6,221 1,893 4,465 99 150 44 35 150 203 7,039 1,425 112 1,259 26 341 3,163 10,202 (729) (1,627) (22) (133) (31) (2,542) (897) (105) (404) (79) (1,485) (4,027) 6,175 45 175 712 – 4,816 5,748 427 6,175 The financial statements on pages 64 to 110 were approved by the board of directors on 6 November 2012 and were signed on its behalf by: Charles Sinclair Chairman John Bason Director Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 67 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | C o n s o l i d a t e d c a s h ﬂ o w s t a t e m e n t Cash flow from operating activities Profit before taxation Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets Profits less losses on sale and closure of businesses Finance income Finance expense Other financial income Share of profit after tax from joint ventures and associates Amortisation Depreciation Exceptional impairment of property, plant and equipment Exceptional impairment of operating intangibles Net change in the fair value of biological assets Share-based payment expense Pension costs less contributions Increase in inventories Decrease/(increase) in receivables Increase in payables Purchases less sales of current biological assets Decrease in provisions Cash generated from operations Income taxes paid Net cash from operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Dividends received from joint ventures and associates Purchase of property, plant and equipment Purchase of intangibles Purchase of non-current biological assets Sale of property, plant and equipment Purchase of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates Sale of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates Loans to joint ventures Purchase of non-controlling interests Interest received Net cash from investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Dividends paid to non-controlling interests Dividends paid to equity shareholders Interest paid Financing: (Decrease)/increase in short-term loans Increase in long-term loans Sale of shares in subsidiary undertakings to non-controlling interests Movements from changes in own shares held Net cash from financing activities Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period Effect of movements in foreign exchange Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 2012 £m 761 6 9 (9) 114 (2) (27) 122 394 92 6 (28) 8 (38) (125) 3 165 (3) (17) 1,431 (191) 1,240 11 (700) (13) (1) 6 (45) 2 24 – 10 (706) (23) (200) (108) (279) 44 4 – (562) (28) 291 (18) 245 2011 £m 757 (5) – (9) 101 (7) (37) 96 317 – – (21) 8 (38) (176) (138) 115 (2) (69) 892 (156) 736 9 (794) (49) (1) 18 (24) 3 (25) (29) 11 (881) (22) (190) (99) 342 105 – (16) 120 (25) 309 7 291 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 68 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 Balance as at 19 September 2010 45 175 606 (4) 4,471 5,293 451 Attributable to equity shareholders Issued capital £m Other reserves £m Translation reserve £m Hedging reserve £m Retained earnings £m Note Non- controlling interests £m Total £m i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | C o n s o l i d a t e d s t a t e m e n t o f c h a n g e s i n e q u i t y Total comprehensive income Profit for the period recognised in the income statement Actuarial gains on defined benefit schemes Deferred tax associated with defined benefit schemes Effect of movements in foreign exchange Net gain on hedge of net investment in foreign subsidiaries Deferred tax associated with movements in foreign exchange Current tax associated with movements in foreign exchange Movement in cash flow hedging position Deferred tax associated with movement in cash flow hedging position Other comprehensive income Total comprehensive income Transactions with owners Dividends paid to equity shareholders Net movement in own shares held Deferred tax associated with share-based payments Dividends paid to non-controlling interests Changes in ownership of subsidiaries Total transactions with owners Balance as at 17 September 2011 Total comprehensive income Profit for the period recognised in the income statement Actuarial losses on defined benefit schemes Deferred tax associated with defined benefit schemes Effect of movements in foreign exchange Net gain/(loss) on hedge of net investment in foreign subsidiaries Deferred tax associated with movements in foreign exchange Current tax associated with movements in foreign exchange Movement in cash flow hedging position Deferred tax associated with movement in cash flow hedging position Other comprehensive income Total comprehensive income Transactions with owners Dividends paid to equity shareholders Net movement in own shares held Deferred tax associated with share-based payments Dividends paid to non-controlling interests Changes in ownership of subsidiaries Total transactions with owners Balance as at 15 September 2012 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 45 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 45 6 6 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 Total equity £m 5,744 577 12 (4) 89 2 (1) (1) 6 (1) 102 541 12 (4) – – (1) (1) – – 6 541 12 (4) 105 1 (1) (1) 5 (1) 116 36 – – (16) 1 – – 1 – (14) 547 657 22 679 (190) (8) 2 – (6) (202) 4,816 (190) (8) 2 – (6) (202) 5,748 555 (99) 23 – – 3 (4) – – (77) 555 (99) 23 (192) 12 3 (4) (21) 4 (274) – – – (22) (24) (46) 427 28 – – (49) (1) – – – – (50) (190) (8) 2 (22) (30) (248) 6,175 583 (99) 23 (241) 11 3 (4) (21) 4 (324) – – – 105 1 – – – – 106 106 – – – – – – 712 – – – (192) 12 – – – – (180) – – – – – – – 5 (1) 4 4 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – (21) 4 (17) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 175 – – – – – – – – – – – (180) (17) 478 281 (22) 259 – – – – – – 175 – – – – – – 532 – – – – – – (17) (200) 8 (2) – (1) (195) 5,099 (200) 8 (2) – (1) (195) 5,834 – – – (23) 5 (18) 387 (200) 8 (2) (23) 4 (213) 6,221 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 69 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | i i S g n ﬁ c a n t a c c o u n t i n g p o l i c i e s Associated British Foods plc (‘the Company’) is a company domiciled in the United Kingdom. The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 comprise those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as ‘the group’) and the group’s interest in associates and joint ventures. in the Operating review on pages 16 to 29. The financial position of the group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in the Financial review on pages 30 and 31. In addition, the principal risks and uncertainties on pages 48 to 51 and note 24 on pages 96 to 107 provide details of the group’s policy on managing its financial and commodity risks. The financial statements were authorised for issue by the directors on 6 November 2012. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared and approved by the directors in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (‘Adopted IFRS’). The Company has elected to prepare its parent company financial statements under UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice. These are presented on pages 111 to 115. Basis of preparation The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, rounded to the nearest million. They are prepared on the historical cost basis except that biological assets and certain financial instruments are stated at fair value. Assets classified as held for sale are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. The preparation of financial statements under Adopted IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on experience. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Judgements made by management in the application of Adopted IFRS that have a significant effect on the financial statements, and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment next year, are discussed in accounting estimates and judgements detailed on page 74. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on a regular basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised from the period in which the estimates are revised. The accounting policies set out below have been applied to all periods presented, except where detailed otherwise. Details of new accounting standards which came into force in the year are set out at the end of this note. None of them required restatement of primary statements in comparative periods, nor had any significant impact on the group’s consolidated results or financial position. The consolidated financial statements of the group are prepared to the Saturday nearest to 15 September. Accordingly, these financial statements have been prepared for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012. To avoid delay in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, the results of certain subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are included up to 31 August 2012. The results of Illovo are included for the period to 30 September 2012 in line with Illovo’s local reporting date. Adjustments are made as appropriate for significant transactions or events occurring between 31 August and 30 September. The group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set out The group has considerable financial resources, good access to debt markets, a diverse range of businesses and a wide geographic spread. It is therefore well placed to manage business risks successfully despite the current economic uncertainty. Basis of consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the results of the Company and all of its subsidiaries from the date that control commences to the date that control ceases. The consolidated financial statements also include the group’s share of the after-tax results of its joint ventures and associates on an equity-accounted basis from the point at which joint control or significant influence respectively commences, to the date that it ceases. Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. Changes in the group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for within equity. Joint ventures are those entities over whose activities the group has joint control, typically established by contractual agreement. Associates are those entities in which the group has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. Business combinations On the acquisition of a business or an interest in a joint venture or associate, fair values are attributed to the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired, reflecting conditions at the date of acquisition. Adjustments to fair values include those made to bring accounting policies into line with those of the group. Provisional fair values are finalised within 12 months of the business combination date and are adjusted by restatement of the comparative period in which the acquisition occurred. Non-controlling interests are measured at the proportionate share of the net identifiable assets acquired. For business combinations executed before 3 September 2004, goodwill is included on the basis of its deemed cost, represented by the net book value recorded under previous GAAP. For business combinations executed in periods ending on or before 12 September 2009, goodwill arising on a business combination was the excess of the carrying amount of any existing equity interest plus the fair value of consideration payable for the additional stake over the fair value of the share of net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired (including separately identified intangible assets), net of non-controlling interests. Total consideration included acquisition costs. Contingent consideration was measured at fair value at the date of the business combination. Subsequent changes to contingent consideration other than settlements are accounted for as adjustments to goodwill. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 70 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | i i S g n ﬁ c a n t a c c o u n t i n g p o l i c i e s For business combinations executed on or after 13 September 2009, existing equity interests in the acquiree are remeasured to fair value as at the date of the business combination, with any resulting gain or loss taken to the income statement. Adjusted earnings per share is shown in the notes and is stated before amortisation of non-operating intangibles, profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets, profits less losses on sale and closure of businesses and exceptional items. Goodwill arising on a business combination is the excess of the remeasured carrying amount of any existing equity interest plus the fair value of consideration payable for the additional stake over the fair value of the share of net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired (including separately identified intangible assets), net of non-controlling interests. Total consideration does not include acquisition costs, which are expensed as incurred. Contingent consideration is measured at fair value at the date of the business combination, classified as a liability or equity (usually as a liability), and subsequently accounted for in line with that classification. Changes in contingent consideration classified as a liability resulting other than from the finalisation of provisional fair values are accounted for in the income statement. Revenue Revenue represents the invoiced value of sales made to customers after deduction of discounts and sales taxes. Discounts include sales rebates, price discounts, customer incentives, certain promotional activities and similar items. Revenue does not include sales between group companies. Revenue is recognised when the risks and rewards of the underlying products have been substantially transferred to the customer and when it can be reliably measured. Revenue from sale of goods is generally recognised on dispatch or delivery to customers, dependent on shipping terms. Discounts are provided for as a reduction to revenue at the time a sale is recorded, based on management’s best estimate of the amount required to meet claims by customers. Borrowing costs Borrowing costs are accounted for using the effective interest method. For qualifying items of property, plant and equipment where the commencement date for capitalisation was on or after 13 September 2009, the group capitalises borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of those qualifying assets as part of their cost. The group previously expensed all borrowing costs as incurred. Interest capitalised is taxed under current or deferred tax as appropriate. Exceptional items Exceptional items are defined as items of income and expenditure which are material and unusual in nature and which are considered to be of such significance that they require separate disclosure on the face of the income statement in accordance with IAS 1. They are discussed further in the accounting estimates and judgements detailed on page 74. Adjusted proﬁt and earnings measures Adjusted operating profit is stated before amortisation of non-operating intangibles, profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets and exceptional items. Adjusted profit before tax is stated before amortisation of non-operating intangibles, profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets, profits less losses on sale and closure of businesses and exceptional items. Both are shown on the face of the income statement. Foreign currencies In individual companies, transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated at the rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. Any resulting differences are taken to the income statement. On consolidation, assets and liabilities of foreign operations that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange. Differences arising from the retranslation of opening net assets of group companies, together with differences arising from the restatement of the net results of group companies from average rates to rates at the balance sheet date, are taken to the translation reserve in equity. Pensions and other post-employment beneﬁts The group’s principal pension funds are defined benefit plans. In addition the group has defined contribution plans and other unfunded post-employment liabilities. For defined benefit plans, the amount charged in the income statement is the cost of benefits accruing to employees over the year, plus any benefit improvements granted to members by the group during the year. It also includes the group’s expected return on pension plan assets offset by a charge equal to the expected interest on plan liabilities. For each plan, the difference between market value of assets and present value of liabilities is disclosed as an asset or liability in the balance sheet. Any related deferred tax (to the extent recoverable) is disclosed separately in the balance sheet. Actuarial gains or losses are recognised immediately in other comprehensive income. Surpluses are recognised only to the extent that they are recoverable. Movements in irrecoverable surpluses are recognised immediately as an actuarial gain or loss in other comprehensive income. Contributions payable by the group in respect of defined contribution plans are charged to operating profit as incurred. Other unfunded post-employment liabilities are accounted for in the same way as defined benefit pension plans. Share-based payments The fair value of share awards at grant date is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity, spread over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the shares. The amount recognised is adjusted to reflect expected and actual levels of vesting except where the failure to vest is as a result of not meeting a market condition. Income tax Income tax on profit or loss for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items taken directly to other comprehensive income. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 71 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | i i S g n ﬁ c a n t a c c o u n t i n g p o l i c i e s Current tax is the tax expected to be payable on taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted during the period, together with any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. The purpose of hedge accounting is to mitigate the impact on the group’s income statement of changes in foreign exchange or interest rates and commodity prices, by matching the impact of the hedged risk and the hedging instrument in the income statement. Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided for: initial recognition of goodwill; initial recognition of assets or liabilities affecting neither accounting nor taxable profit other than those acquired in a business combination; and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. Additional income taxes that arise from the distribution of dividends are recognised at the same time as the liability to pay the related dividend. Financial assets and liabilities Financial assets and financial liabilities, except for other non-current investments and derivatives, are measured initially at fair value, plus directly attributable transaction costs, and thereafter at amortised cost. Other non-current investments (classified under other non-current receivables) comprise available-for-sale investments measured at market prices where available. Where quoted market prices in an active market are not available, and where fair value cannot be reliably measured, unquoted equity instruments are measured at cost less impairment. Cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents comprise bank and cash balances, call deposits and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the cash flow statement. Derivatives Derivatives are used to manage the group’s economic exposure to financial and commodity risks. The principal instruments used are foreign exchange and commodity contracts, futures, swaps or options (the ‘hedging instrument’). The group does not use derivatives for speculative purposes. Changes in the value of derivatives used as hedges of future cash flows are recognised through other comprehensive income in the hedging reserve, with any ineffective portion recognised immediately within operating profit in the income statement. When the future cash flow results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the gains and losses previously recognised in the hedging reserve are included in the initial measurement of that asset or liability. Otherwise, gains and losses previously recognised in the hedging reserve are recognised in the income statement at the same time as the hedged transaction. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised in the hedging reserve is retained in the hedging reserve until the forecast transaction occurs. Gains or losses on hedging instruments relating to an underlying exposure that no longer exists are taken to the income statement. Hedges of the group’s net investment in foreign operations comprise borrowings in the currency of the investment’s net assets. The group economically hedges foreign currency exposure on recognised monetary assets and liabilities but does not normally seek hedge accounting under IAS 39. Any derivatives that the group holds to hedge this exposure are classified as ‘held for trading’ within derivative assets and liabilities. Changes in the fair value of such derivatives and the foreign exchange gains and losses arising on the related monetary items are recognised within operating profit. Intangible assets other than goodwill Non-operating intangible assets are intangible assets that arise on business combinations and typically include technology, brands, customer relationships and grower agreements. Operating intangible assets are acquired in the ordinary course of business and typically include computer software, land use rights and emissions trading licences. Intangible assets other than goodwill are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment charges. Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets from the date they are available for use. The estimated useful lives are generally deemed to be no longer than: Derivatives are recognised in the balance sheet, at fair value, based on market prices or rates, or calculated using either discounted cash flow or option pricing models. Technology and brands – up to 15 years Customer relationships – up to 5 years Grower agreements – up to 10 years Changes in the value of derivatives are recognised in the income statement unless they qualify for hedge accounting, when recognition of any change in fair value depends on the nature of the item being hedged. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 72 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | i i S g n ﬁ c a n t a c c o u n t i n g p o l i c i e s Freehold buildings Plant and equipment, fixtures and fittings – sugar factories, yeast plants and mills – other operations Vehicles 66 years 20 years 12 years 10 years Leases A lease is an agreement whereby the lessor conveys to the lessee, in return for a payment or a series of payments, the right to use a specific asset for an agreed period of time. Where the group is a lessee and has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset, the arrangement is considered a finance lease. Finance leases are recognised as assets of the group within property, plant and equipment at the inception of the lease at the lower of fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Depreciation on leased assets is charged to the income statement on the same basis as owned assets. Payments made under finance leases are apportioned between capital repayments and interest expense charged to the income statement. Other leases where the group is a lessee are treated as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, as is the benefit of lease incentives. Where the group is a lessor under an operating lease, the asset is capitalised within property, plant and equipment and depreciated over its useful economic life. Payments received under operating leases are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Biological assets Biological assets are measured at fair value less costs to sell. Cane roots and growing cane are stated at fair value on the following bases: Cane roots – escalated average cost, using appropriate inflation-related indices, of each year of planting adjusted for remaining expected life, currently ten years in South Africa, seven years in Zambia and eight years elsewhere. Growing cane – estimated sucrose content valued at estimated sucrose price for the following season, less estimated costs for harvesting and transport. When harvested, growing cane is transferred to inventory at fair value less costs to sell. Inventories Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes raw materials, direct labour and expenses and an appropriate proportion of production and other overheads, calculated on a first-in first-out basis. Inventories for Primark are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value using the retail method, calculated on the basis of selling price less appropriate trading margin. All Primark inventories are finished goods. Goodwill Goodwill is defined under ‘Business combinations’ on pages 69 and 70. Certain commercial assets associated with the acquisition of a business are not capable of being recognised in the acquisition balance sheet. In such circumstances, goodwill is recognised, which may include, but is not necessarily limited to, workforce assets and the benefits of expected future synergies. Goodwill is not amortised but is subject to an annual impairment review. Research and development Research expenditure is expensed as incurred. Development expenditure is capitalised if the product or process is technically and commercially feasible but is otherwise expensed as incurred. Capitalised development expenditure is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment charges. Impairment The carrying amounts of the group’s intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are reviewed at each balance sheet date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill and intangibles without a finite life, the recoverable amount is estimated at each balance sheet date. An impairment charge is recognised in the income statement whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit (CGU) exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment charges recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to that CGU and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the unit on a pro rata basis. Calculation of recoverable amount The recoverable amount of assets is the greater of their fair value less costs to sell and their value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the asset belongs. Reversals of impairment An impairment charge in respect of goodwill is not subsequently reversed. For other assets, an impairment charge is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the new carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment charge had been recognised. Property, plant and equipment Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment charges. Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of items of property, plant and equipment sufficient to reduce them to estimated residual value. Land is not depreciated. Estimated useful lives are generally deemed to be no longer than: Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 New accounting policies The group has adopted the following new and amended IFRSs and IFRIC interpretations with no material impact (all effective from 18 September 2011): (cid:116)(cid:1) Amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures; (cid:116)(cid:1) Revisions to IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures; and (cid:116)(cid:1) IFRIC 14 IAS 19 – The Limit on a Deﬁned Beneﬁt Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction. The group is currently assessing the impact of the following revised standards and interpretations or amendments that are not yet effective. These changes will be adopted on the effective dates noted and are not expected to have a material impact on the group’s reported profit, earnings per share, net assets or disclosures (all effective from 16 September 2012 unless otherwise stated): (cid:116)(cid:1) IAS 19 Employee Beneﬁts effective 2014 ﬁnancial year. The revised standard makes changes to the measurement of employee beneﬁts and extensive changes to disclosure requirements. Most measurement requirements will have no impact on the group; (cid:116)(cid:1) Certain elements of Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011; and (cid:116)(cid:1) Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements effective 2013 ﬁnancial year which amend the presentation of other comprehensive income. The group is currently assessing the impact of the following revised standards and interpretations or amendments that are not yet effective. These changes have not yet been endorsed by the EU so will not necessarily be adopted by the effective dates noted: (cid:116)(cid:1) Certain elements of Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011 effective 2014 ﬁnancial year; (cid:116)(cid:1) Amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures effective 2014 and 2016 ﬁnancial years; (cid:116)(cid:1) IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Classiﬁcation and Measurement effective 2016 ﬁnancial year, which amends the classiﬁcation and measurement for ﬁnancial assets and liabilities; (cid:116)(cid:1) IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements effective 2014 ﬁnancial year; (cid:116)(cid:1) IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements effective 2014 ﬁnancial year; (cid:116)(cid:1) IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities effective 2014 ﬁnancial year; (cid:116)(cid:1) IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement effective 2014 ﬁnancial year; (cid:116)(cid:1) Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes effective 2013 ﬁnancial year; (cid:116)(cid:1) Amendments to IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation effective 2015 ﬁnancial year; and (cid:116)(cid:1) Amendments to IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting effective 2014 ﬁnancial year. 73 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | i i S g n ﬁ c a n t a c c o u n t i n g p o l i c i e s Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 74 ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | A c c o u n t i n g e s t i m a t e s a n d j u d g e m e n t s In applying the accounting policies detailed on pages 69 to 73, management has made estimates in a number of areas and the actual outcome may differ from those calculated. Key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date with a significant risk of material adjustment to the carrying value of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are set out below. Forecasts and discount rates The carrying values of a number of items on the balance sheet are dependent on estimates of future cash flows arising from the group’s operations which, in some circumstances, are discounted to arrive at a net present value. Assessment for impairment involves comparing the book value of an asset with its recoverable amount (being the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell). Value in use is determined with reference to projected future cash flows discounted at an appropriate rate. Both the cash flows and the discount rate involve a significant degree of estimation uncertainty. The realisation of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of sufficient future taxable profits. The group recognises deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that they will be recovered, based on an assessment of the likelihood of there being sufficient taxable profits in the future. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised. Post-retirement beneﬁts The group’s defined benefit pension schemes and similar arrangements are assessed annually in accordance with IAS 19. The accounting valuation, which has been assessed using assumptions determined with independent actuarial advice, resulted in a net liability of £95m being recognised as at 15 September 2012. The size of this net liability is sensitive to the market value of the assets held by the schemes, to the discount rate used in assessing actuarial liabilities, to the actuarial assumptions (which include price inflation, rates of pension and salary increases, mortality and other demographic assumptions) and to the level of contributions. Further details are included in note 12. Provisions Provisions are measured at the directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date, taking into account a range of possible outcomes. Property, plant and equipment residual values and useful lives Management reviews residual values annually considering market conditions and projected disposal values. In assessing useful lives, maintenance programmes and technological innovations are considered. The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is disclosed in note 9. Biological assets Cane roots valuation requires an estimation by management of the average number of ratoons expected from the crop. The carrying value of cane roots is disclosed in note 10. Growing cane valuation – estimated sucrose content requires management to assess expected cane and sucrose yields for the following season considering weather conditions and harvesting programmes; estimated sucrose price requires management to assess into which markets the forthcoming crop will be sold and assess domestic and export prices as well as related foreign currency exchange rates. The carrying value of growing cane is disclosed in note 10. Cash ﬂow hedge accounting In order to achieve and maintain cash flow hedge accounting, the group has to determine, at inception and on an ongoing basis, whether a forecast transaction is highly probable and whether the hedge is effective. This requires both subjective and objective measures of determination. Exceptional items The directors consider that items of income or expense which are material by virtue of their nature and amount should be disclosed separately if the financial statements are to present fairly the financial position and financial performance of the group. The directors label these items collectively as ‘exceptional items’. Determining which transactions are to be considered exceptional in nature is often a subjective matter. However, circumstances that the directors believe would give rise to exceptional items for separate disclosure might include major business restructurings, impairments and reversals of impairments. All exceptional items are included in the appropriate income statement line item to which they relate. In addition, separate disclosure is made of all exceptional items, with additional explanation in the notes. Taxation The level of current and deferred tax recognised is dependent on subjective judgements as to the outcome of decisions by tax authorities in various jurisdictions around the world. Fair values on acquisition Items of property, plant and equipment often have long operating lives, hence determination of fair values can require a significant degree of judgement. Acquisitions often result in significant intangible benefits for the group, some of which qualify for recognition as intangible assets. Other such benefits do not meet the recognition requirements of accounting standards and therefore form part of goodwill. Significant judgement is required in the assessment and valuation of these intangible assets, often with reference to internal data and models. Professional valuers are engaged where it is deemed appropriate to do so. Fair values on major acquisitions are disclosed in note 21. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 75 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 1. Operating segments The group discloses five operating segments, as described below. These are the group’s operating divisions, based on the group’s management and internal reporting structure, which combine businesses with common characteristics. The board is the chief operating decision maker. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis. Segment result is adjusted operating profit, as shown on the face of the consolidated income statement. Segment assets comprise all non-current assets except employee benefits assets and deferred tax assets, and all current assets except cash and cash equivalents. Segment liabilities comprise trade and other payables, derivative liabilities and provisions. Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly corporate assets and expenses, cash, borrowings, employee benefits balances and current and deferred tax balances. Segment non-current asset additions are the total cost incurred during the period to acquire segment assets that are expected to be used for more than one year, comprising property, plant and equipment, operating intangibles and biological assets. The group is comprised of the following operating segments: Grocery Sugar The manufacture of grocery products, including hot beverages, sugar & sweeteners, vegetable oils, bread & baked goods, cereals, ethnic foods, herbs & spices, and meat products, which are sold to retail, wholesale and foodservice businesses. The growing and processing of sugar beet and sugar cane for sale to industrial users and to Silver Spoon, which is included in the grocery segment. Agriculture The manufacture of animal feeds and the provision of other products for the agriculture sector. Ingredients The manufacture of bakers’ yeast, bakery ingredients, speciality proteins, enzymes, lipids and yeast extracts. Retail Buying and merchandising value clothing and accessories through the Primark and Penneys retail chains. Geographical information In addition to the required disclosure for operating segments, disclosure is also given of certain geographical information about the group’s operations, based on the geographical groupings: United Kingdom; Europe & Africa; The Americas; and Asia Pacific. Revenues are shown by reference to the geographical location of customers. Profits are shown by reference to the geographical location of the businesses. Segment assets are based on the geographical location of the assets. Operating segments Grocery Sugar Agriculture Ingredients Retail Central Businesses disposed: Grocery Geographical information United Kingdom Europe & Africa The Americas Asia Pacific Businesses disposed: The Americas Revenue 2012 £m 3,726 2,666 1,265 1,092 3,503 – 12,252 – 12,252 5,248 3,328 1,241 2,435 2011 £m 3,671 2,134 1,127 1,090 3,043 – 11,065 – 11,065 4,788 2,735 1,176 2,366 12,252 11,065 – 12,252 – 11,065 Adjusted operating profit 2012 £m 187 510 40 32 356 (48) 1,077 – 1,077 638 325 100 14 1,077 – 1,077 2011 £m 244 315 40 61 309 (48) 921 (1) 920 491 213 118 99 921 (1) 920 The comparative results for the Grocery and Ingredients segments have been reclassified following a change of management responsibility for the Australian cake business. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 76 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 1. Operating segments continued For the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 Revenue from continuing businesses Internal revenue Revenue from external customers Adjusted operating profit before joint ventures and associates Share of profit after tax from joint ventures and associates Adjusted operating profit Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets Amortisation of non-operating intangibles Exceptional items Profits less losses on sale and closure of businesses Profit before interest Finance income Finance expense Other financial income Taxation Profit for the period Segment assets (excluding investments in joint ventures and associates) Investments in joint ventures and associates Segment assets Cash and cash equivalents Deferred tax assets Employee benefits assets Segment liabilities Loans and overdrafts Income tax Deferred tax liabilities Employee benefits liabilities Net assets Non-current asset additions Depreciation Amortisation Impairment of property, plant and equipment Impairment of operating intangibles Geographical information Revenue from external customers Segment assets Non-current asset additions Depreciation Amortisation Impairment of property, plant and equipment Impairment of operating intangibles Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 Grocery £m 3,734 (8) 3,726 Sugar £m 2,808 (142) 2,666 Agriculture £m 1,275 (10) 1,265 Ingredients £m 1,163 (71) 1,092 Retail £m 3,503 – 3,503 Central £m (231) 231 – Total £m 12,252 – 12,252 179 8 187 – (16) (98) – 73 514 (4) 510 1 (22) – (6) 483 27 13 40 – (1) – – 39 22 10 32 – (61) – (3) (32) 356 – 356 – – – – 356 73 483 39 (32) 356 2,685 24 2,709 2,510 47 2,557 275 87 362 1,353 56 1,409 2,423 – 2,423 (573) (413) (104) (204) (526) 2,136 2,144 258 1,205 1,897 153 105 33 92 6 160 95 24 – – 14 7 3 – – 96 47 62 3 – 329 132 – – – United Kingdom £m 5,248 3,689 270 184 15 – – Europe & Africa £m 3,328 3,002 278 95 49 – – The Americas £m 1,241 1,051 65 25 26 – – (48) – (48) (7) – – – (55) 9 (114) 2 (178) (336) 182 – 182 391 189 18 (118) (1,452) (150) (366) (113) (1,419) 3 8 – – – Asia Pacific £m 2,435 1,900 142 90 32 95 6 1,050 27 1,077 (6) (100) (98) (9) 864 9 (114) 2 (178) 583 9,428 214 9,642 391 189 18 (1,938) (1,452) (150) (366) (113) 6,221 755 394 122 95 6 Total £m 12,252 9,642 755 394 122 95 6 77 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 1. Operating segments continued For the 52 weeks ended 17 September 2011 Revenue from continuing businesses Internal revenue Revenue from external customers Adjusted operating profit before joint ventures and associates Share of profit after tax from joint ventures and associates Businesses disposed Adjusted operating profit Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets Amortisation of non-operating intangibles Profit before interest Finance income Finance expense Other financial income Taxation Profit for the period Segment assets (excluding investments in joint ventures and associates) Investments in joint ventures and associates Segment assets Cash and cash equivalents Deferred tax assets Employee benefits assets Segment liabilities Loans and overdrafts Income tax Deferred tax liabilities Employee benefits liabilities Net assets Non-current asset additions Depreciation Amortisation Geographical information Revenue from external customers Segment assets Non-current asset additions Depreciation Amortisation Grocery £m 3,677 (6) 3,671 Sugar £m 2,265 (131) 2,134 Agriculture £m 1,134 (7) 1,127 Ingredients £m 1,164 (74) 1,090 Retail £m 3,043 – 3,043 Central £m (218) 218 – Total £m 11,065 – 11,065 237 7 (1) 243 3 (24) 222 308 7 – 315 2 (31) 286 27 13 – 40 – (1) 39 51 10 – 61 – (27) 34 309 – – 309 – – 309 222 286 39 34 309 2,824 38 2,862 2,503 50 2,553 280 73 353 1,441 33 1,474 2,310 – 2,310 (593) (409) (96) (193) (398) 2,269 2,144 257 1,281 1,912 226 87 36 193 77 32 11 9 1 93 42 27 323 100 – United Kingdom £m 4,788 3,671 290 146 12 Europe & Africa £m 2,735 2,916 320 74 47 The Americas £m 1,176 1,075 61 24 15 (48) – – (48) – – (48) 9 (101) 7 (180) (313) 124 – 124 341 150 35 (96) (1,626) (133) (404) (79) (1,688) 2 2 – Asia Pacific £m 2,366 2,014 177 73 22 884 37 (1) 920 5 (83) 842 9 (101) 7 (180) 577 9,482 194 9,676 341 150 35 (1,785) (1,626) (133) (404) (79) 6,175 848 317 96 Total £m 11,065 9,676 848 317 96 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 78 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 2. Operating costs i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s Operating costs Cost of sales (including amortisation of intangibles) Distribution costs Administration expenses Operating costs are stated after charging/(crediting): Employee benefits expense Amortisation of non-operating intangibles Amortisation of operating intangibles Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment Exceptional impairment of property, plant and equipment Exceptional impairment of operating intangibles Operating lease payments under property leases Operating lease payments for hire of plant and equipment Other operating income Research and development expenditure Fair value gains on financial assets and liabilities held for trading Fair value losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading Foreign exchange gains on operating activities Foreign exchange losses on operating activities 1 Refer to accounting policy on page 70. Before exceptional items 2012 £m Exceptional items1 2012 £m Note 9,292 1,273 737 11,302 98 – – 98 3 8 8 9 Total 2012 £m 9,390 1,273 737 11,400 1,760 100 22 6 394 92 6 122 14 (20) 23 (30) 27 (50) 52 2011 £m 8,347 1,217 701 10,265 1,613 83 13 (5) 317 – – 110 13 (19) 24 (29) 24 (35) 38 An exceptional charge of £98m has been made to impair property, plant and equipment (£92m) and operating intangibles (£6m) in the Australian meat business (see note 9 for further details). An exceptional tax credit of £29m arose on this item. Auditors’ remuneration Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect of the audit Group audit of the Company’s financial statements Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation Total audit remuneration Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect of non-audit related services Other services pursuant to legislation Tax services Information technology services All other services Total non-audit related remuneration Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect of the group’s pension schemes Audit of the pension schemes 2012 £m 2011 £m 0.6 5.1 5.7 0.3 1.9 0.3 0.3 2.8 0.2 0.2 0.5 4.7 5.2 0.4 2.0 0.3 0.5 3.2 0.1 0.1 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 79 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 3. Employees Average number of employees United Kingdom Europe & Africa The Americas Asia Pacific Employee benefits expense Wages and salaries Social security contributions Contributions to defined contribution schemes Charge for defined benefit schemes Equity-settled share-based payment schemes 2012 2011 37,536 45,301 3,822 19,584 106,243 36,330 41,364 3,731 20,828 102,253 Note £m £m 12 12 22 1,507 159 53 33 8 1,760 1,385 137 51 32 8 1,613 Details of directors’ remuneration, share options and pension entitlements are shown in the Remuneration report on pages 52 to 58. 4. Interest and other ﬁnancial income and expense Finance income Cash and cash equivalents Finance expense Bank loans and overdrafts All other borrowings Finance leases Other payables Unwinding of discount on provisions Other financial income/(expense) Expected return on employee benefit scheme assets Interest charge on employee benefit scheme liabilities Net financial income from employee benefit schemes Net foreign exchange losses on financing activities Total other financial income Note 12 12 2012 £m 9 9 (52) (57) (1) (1) (3) (114) 147 (142) 5 (3) 2 2011 £m 9 9 (48) (45) (1) (3) (4) (101) 149 (142) 7 – 7 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 80 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 5. Income tax expense Current tax expense UK – corporation tax at 25.1% (2011 – 27.1%) Overseas – corporation tax UK – (over)/underprovided in prior periods Overseas – overprovided in prior periods Deferred tax expense UK deferred tax Overseas deferred tax UK – underprovided in prior periods Overseas – (over)/underprovided in prior periods Total income tax expense in income statement Reconciliation of effective tax rate Profit before taxation Less share of profit after tax from joint ventures and associates Profit before taxation excluding share of profit after tax from joint ventures and associates Nominal tax charge at UK corporation tax rate of 25.1% (2011 – 27.1%) Benefit of lower tax rates Expenses not deductible for tax purposes Profits/losses on disposal of assets covered by tax exemptions or unrecognised capital losses Deferred tax not recognised Adjustments in respect of prior periods Income tax recognised directly in equity Deferred tax associated with defined benefit schemes Deferred tax associated with share-based payments Deferred tax associated with movement in cash flow hedging position Deferred tax associated with movements in foreign exchange Current tax associated with movements in foreign exchange 2012 £m 2011 £m 108 110 (6) (2) 210 (14) (20) 3 (1) (32) 178 761 (27) 734 184 (19) 3 2 14 (6) 178 (23) 2 (4) (3) 4 (24) 80 88 16 (25) 159 (5) 22 1 3 21 180 757 (37) 720 195 (35) 22 (2) 5 (5) 180 4 (2) 1 1 1 5 The tax credit of £29m arising on the exceptional impairment charge in the year is included within the overseas deferred tax credit. Following the enactment of legislation in the UK to reduce the corporation tax rate to 23% from 1 April 2013, the effective tax rate this year includes the impact on the income statement of calculating the UK deferred tax balances at the lower UK corporation tax rate. The impact of this rate change is a £12m reduction in the tax charge in the income statement. Proposed future reductions in the UK tax rate to 22% will be reflected when the relevant legislation is substantively enacted. Deferred taxation balances are analysed in note 13. 6. Dividends 2010 final 2011 interim 2011 final 2012 interim 2012 pence per share – – 16.85 8.50 25.35 2011 pence per share 16.20 7.90 – – 24.10 2012 £m – – 133 67 200 2011 £m 128 62 – – 190 The 2012 interim dividend was declared on 24 April 2012 and paid on 6 July 2012. The 2012 final dividend of 20.0 pence, total value of £158m, will be paid on 11 January 2013 to shareholders on the register on 7 December 2012. Dividends relating to the period were 28.5 pence per share totalling £225m (2011 – 24.75 pence per share totalling £195m). Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 81 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 7. Earnings per share The calculation of basic earnings per share at 15 September 2012 was based on the net profit attributable to equity shareholders of £555m (2011 – £541m), and a weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year of 789 million (2011 – 788 million). The calculation of the weighted average number of shares excludes the shares held by the Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust on which the dividends are being waived. Adjusted earnings per ordinary share, which exclude the impact of profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets and sale and closure of businesses, amortisation of non-operating intangibles, exceptional items, and the associated tax credits, is shown to provide clarity on the underlying performance of the group. The diluted earnings per share calculation takes into account the dilutive effect of share options and share incentives. The diluted, weighted average number of shares is 789 million (2011 – 788 million). There is no difference between basic and diluted earnings. Adjusted profit for the period Disposal of non-current assets Sale and closure of businesses Exceptional items Tax effect on above adjustments Amortisation of non-operating intangibles Tax credit on non-operating intangibles amortisation and goodwill Non-controlling interests’ share of amortisation of non-operating intangibles net of tax Profit for the period attributable to equity shareholders Adjusted earnings per share Disposal of non-current assets Sale and closure of businesses Exceptional items Tax effect on above adjustments Amortisation of non-operating intangibles Tax credit on non-operating intangibles amortisation and goodwill Non-controlling interests’ share of amortisation of non-operating intangibles net of tax Earnings per ordinary share 2012 £m 688 (6) (9) (98) 31 (100) 33 16 555 2012 pence 87.2 (0.8) (1.1) (12.4) 3.9 (12.7) 4.2 2.0 70.3 2011 £m 583 5 – – – (83) 25 11 541 2011 pence 74.0 0.6 – – – (10.5) 3.2 1.4 68.7 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 82 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 8. Intangible assets Cost At 18 September 2010 Other acquisitions – externally purchased Other disposals Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 17 September 2011 Other acquisitions – externally purchased Acquired through business combinations Other disposals Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 15 September 2012 Amortisation and impairment At 18 September 2010 Amortisation for the year Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 17 September 2011 Amortisation for the year Impairment Other disposals Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 15 September 2012 Net book value At 18 September 2010 At 17 September 2011 At 15 September 2012 Non-operating Operating Goodwill £m Technology £m Brands £m Customer relationships £m Grower agreements £m Other £m Other £m Total £m 1,355 – – 8 1,363 – 8 – (51) 1,320 5 – – 5 – – – – 5 1,350 1,358 1,315 244 – – 4 248 – – – (13) 235 130 17 1 148 47 – – (8) 187 114 100 48 349 – – – 349 – 34 – (10) 373 135 29 – 164 32 – – (7) 189 214 185 184 104 – – 5 109 – 2 – (7) 104 78 17 1 96 4 – – (6) 94 26 13 10 198 – – (9) 189 – – – (23) 166 80 20 (5) 95 17 – – (12) 100 118 94 66 9 – – – 9 – – – (1) 8 9 – – 9 – – – (1) 8 – – – 126 60 (12) 8 182 46 – (14) (4) 210 23 13 3 39 22 6 (2) (1) 64 2,385 60 (12) 16 2,449 46 44 (14) (109) 2,416 460 96 – 556 122 6 (2) (35) 647 103 143 146 1,925 1,893 1,769 The impairment of operating intangibles relates to IT assets in the meat business in George Weston Foods. See note 9 for further details. The impairment is included in the Grocery and Asia Pacific segments. The increase in the amortisation charge for the year reflects the decline in profitability of the AB Mauri business resulting in the need to foreshorten the useful economic lives of certain assets originally acquired with the business. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 83 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 8. Intangible assets continued Impairment of goodwill As at 15 September 2012, the consolidated balance sheet included goodwill of £1,315m (2011 – £1,358m). Goodwill is allocated to the group’s cash-generating units (CGUs), or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination that gave rise to the goodwill, as follows: Cash-generating unit (CGU) or group of CGUs ACH AB Mauri Twinings Ovaltine Capullo Illovo AB World Foods North China Sugar Other* Primary reporting segment Grocery Ingredients Grocery Grocery Sugar Grocery Sugar Various 2012 £m 237 347 119 58 161 58 67 268 1,315 2011 £m 245 358 119 58 184 58 68 268 1,358 * The amount of goodwill allocated to each CGU or group of CGUs is not individually signiﬁcant. A CGU, or group of CGUs, to which goodwill has been allocated must be assessed for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The carrying value of goodwill is assessed by reference to its value in use to perpetuity reflecting the projected cash flows of each of the CGUs or group of CGUs. These projections are based on the most recent budget, which has been approved by the board and reflects management’s expectations of sales growth, operating costs and margin, based on past experience and external sources of information. Long-term growth rates for periods not covered by the annual budget reflect the products, industries and countries in which the relevant CGU, or group of CGUs, operate. For some recently acquired intangible assets, management expects to achieve growth over the next three to five years in excess of the long-term growth rates for the applicable country or region. In these circumstances, budgeted cash flows are extended, generally to between three and five years, using specific growth assumptions and taking into account the specific business risks. The key assumptions on which the cash flow projections for the most recent annual budget are based relate to discount rates, growth rates and expected changes in volumes, selling prices and direct costs. The cash flow projections have been discounted using a range of rates based on the group’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital adjusted for country risk. The rates used were in a range between 8% and 12.8% (2011 – between 8% and 12%). The growth rates to perpetuity beyond the initial budgeted cash flows, applied in the value in use calculations for goodwill allocated to each of the CGUs or groups of CGUs that are significant to the total carrying amount of goodwill, were in a range between 0% and 3% (2011 – between 0% and 2.5%). Changes in volumes, selling prices and direct costs are based on past results and expectations of future changes in the market. Sensitivity to changes in key assumptions Impairment testing is dependent on management’s estimates and judgements, particularly as they relate to the forecasting of future cash flows, the discount rates selected and expected long-term growth rates. Each of the group’s CGUs had significant headroom under the annual impairment review with the exception of AB Mauri and the North China sugar business. AB Mauri has experienced increased competitive pressure, higher molasses costs and an inability to recover inflationary cost increases through pricing in its different businesses around the world. This resulted in an indicator of impairment risk under the strict requirements of IFRS. Management has reviewed detailed forecasts for this business taking those issues into account, and has concluded that the assets are not impaired. Headroom was $218m on a CGU carrying value of $1,405m. The discount rate used was 11.5% and would have to increase to more than 12.7% before value in use fell below the CGU carrying value. Estimates of long-term growth rates beyond the forecast periods were 1.5%–2% per annum for all regions apart from China and the remainder of Asia, where 2.5% was used. In North China Sugar, current forecasts continue to support the carrying value of the assets of the business, but the achievement of these forecasts depends on significant improvements in a variety of operational parameters, including agricultural yields, factory volumes and recovery of sugar price. Management has reviewed detailed forecasts for this business taking those issues into account, and has concluded that no impairment is required. Headroom was £17m on a CGU carrying value of £251m. The discount rate used was 12.8% and would have to increase to 13.4% to reduce value in use to below the CGU carrying value. The estimate of long-term growth beyond the forecast period was 2% per annum. For all goodwill other than AB Mauri and North China Sugar, management has concluded that no reasonably possible change in key assumptions on which it has determined value in use would cause carrying values to materially exceed value in use. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 84 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 9. Property, plant and equipment Cost At 18 September 2010 Other acquisitions Interest capitalised Other disposals Transfers from assets under construction Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 17 September 2011 Other acquisitions Interest capitalised Other disposals Transfers from assets under construction Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 15 September 2012 Depreciation and impairment At 18 September 2010 Depreciation for the year Other disposals Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 17 September 2011 Depreciation for the year Impairment Other disposals Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 15 September 2012 Net book value At 18 September 2010 At 17 September 2011 At 15 September 2012 Net book value of finance lease assets Land and buildings at net book value comprise: – freehold – long leasehold – short leasehold Capital expenditure commitments – contracted but not provided for Land and buildings £m Plant and machinery £m Fixtures and fittings £m Assets under construction £m 1,951 164 – (21) 11 39 2,144 100 – (26) 12 (54) 2,176 341 43 (24) 6 366 52 38 (24) (7) 425 1,610 1,778 1,751 2,779 225 – (155) 278 35 3,162 146 – (130) 98 (103) 3,173 1,431 177 (147) 21 1,482 214 57 (124) (38) 1,591 1,348 1,680 1,582 1,055 232 – (47) 3 11 1,254 267 – (48) 11 (31) 1,453 368 97 (45) 4 424 128 – (48) (9) 495 687 830 958 296 162 2 – (292) 9 177 196 2 – (121) (4) 250 – – – – – – – – – – 296 177 250 2012 £m 12 1,365 290 96 1,751 225 Total £m 6,081 783 2 (223) – 94 6,737 709 2 (204) – (192) 7,052 2,140 317 (216) 31 2,272 394 95 (196) (54) 2,511 3,941 4,465 4,541 2011 £m 12 1,385 295 98 1,778 166 Impairment In the Australian meat business, continuing retailer price competition, competitor activity, lower production volumes and higher costs at the new factory at Castlemaine, Victoria have led to poor trading results and the need for a restructuring of sales distribution and warehousing. This has given rise to an indicator of impairment risk and following a detailed assessment, management has concluded that the carrying value of the assets in the meat business is no longer supported by its discounted forecast cash flows. A discount rate of 10.5% was used. The key sensitivity in the value in use calculation is volume recovery. An impairment charge of A$150m (£98m) has been charged to exceptional items in the income statement. A$140m (£92m) was taken against property, plant and equipment, comprising A$56m (£37m) to land and buildings, and A$84m (£55m) to plant and equipment. A$10m (£6m) was provided against operating intangibles (see note 8). The net book value of property, plant and equipment and operating intangibles in the meat business prior to the impairment was A$350m, and A$200m afterwards. Accounting standards do not permit the inclusion, in the impairment calculation, of cash flows that are expected to be generated from the future sale of former meat processing sites in Western Australia and Victoria, which are being redeveloped, and where the net cash inflows are expected to be substantial. The impairment is included in the Grocery and Asia Pacific segments. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 85 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 10. Biological assets At 18 September 2010 Transferred to inventory Purchases Changes in fair value Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 17 September 2011 Transferred to inventory Purchases Changes in fair value Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 15 September 2012 Cane roots Area under cane as at the end of the period (hectares) South Africa Malawi Zambia Swaziland Tanzania Mozambique Current Non-current Growing cane £m 92 (102) – 118 (4) 104 (138) 1 158 (24) 101 Other £m 8 (23) 2 21 – 8 (28) 2 26 – 8 Total £m 100 (125) 2 139 (4) 112 (166) 3 184 (24) 109 Cane roots £m 97 – 1 7 (6) 99 – 1 10 (21) 89 2012 2011 8,477 20,594 17,113 8,646 9,676 6,000 70,506 7,990 20,608 17,153 8,657 9,776 5,570 69,754 Growing cane The following assumptions have been used in the determination of the estimated sucrose tonnage at 15 September 2012: Expected area to harvest (hectares) Estimated yield (tonnes cane/hectare) Average maturity of cane South Africa 5,038 72.0 56.0% Malawi 20,181 109.9 66.7% Zambia 16,888 111.0 66.7% Swaziland 8,096 105.6 66.7% Tanzania Mozambique 5,870 93.6 66.7% 9,676 81.0 50% The following assumptions were used in the determination of the estimated sucrose tonnage at 17 September 2011: Expected area to harvest (hectares) Estimated yield (tonnes cane/hectare) Average maturity of cane South Africa 5,010 69.4 56.0% Malawi 20,173 110.4 66.7% Zambia 16,944 120.0 66.7% Swaziland 8,029 110.9 66.7% Tanzania Mozambique 5,484 95.0 66.7% 9,776 80.0 50% Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 86 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 11. Investments in joint ventures and associates At 18 September 2010 Acquisitions Profit for the period Dividends received Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 17 September 2011 Acquisitions Profit for the period Dividends received Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 15 September 2012 Joint ventures Associates Shares £m 107 4 29 (6) 1 135 6 25 (5) (5) 156 Goodwill £m 14 1 – – – 15 – – – 3 18 Total £m 121 5 29 (6) 1 150 6 25 (5) (2) 174 Shares £m 38 – 8 (3) 1 44 – 2 (6) (1) 39 Goodwill £m – – – – – – – – – 1 1 Total £m 38 – 8 (3) 1 44 – 2 (6) – 40 Details of principal joint ventures and associates are listed in note 28. Included in the consolidated financial statements are the following items that represent the group’s share of the assets, liabilities and profit of joint ventures and associates: Joint ventures Associates Non-current assets Current assets Current liabilities Non-current liabilities Goodwill Net assets Revenue Expenses Taxation Profit for the period 2012 £m 233 287 (198) (166) 18 174 1,273 (1,243) (5) 25 2011 £m 206 305 (221) (155) 15 150 1,221 (1,185) (7) 29 2012 £m 22 125 (107) (1) 1 40 85 (81) (2) 2 2011 £m 22 166 (143) (1) – 44 96 (84) (4) 8 12. Employee entitlements The group operates pension schemes, the majority of which are of the defined benefit type. The group also operates a small number of unfunded overseas post-retirement medical benefit schemes. UK schemes The group’s principal UK defined benefit pension schemes are funded schemes and are closed to new members, with defined contribution arrangements in place for other employees. The pension costs in the UK for the defined benefit schemes are assessed in accordance with the advice of independent qualified actuaries using the projected unit method. For defined contribution schemes, the pension costs are the contributions payable. Actuarial gains and losses arising over the financial year are recognised immediately in other comprehensive income and are reflected in the balance sheet at 15 September 2012. Past service cost is recognised immediately in the income statement to the extent that the benefits have already vested. The last actuarial valuation of the Associated British Foods Pension Scheme was carried out as at 5 April 2011. At the valuation date the total market value of the assets of the Scheme was £2,559m and represented 101% of the benefits that had accrued to members after allowing for expected future increases in earnings. By agreement with the trustees, the Company agreed to eliminate the deficit identified at the time of the triennial actuarial valuation of the Scheme in 2008 with five annual payments of £30m. The fourth of these payments was made in March 2012, and although the fund was in surplus at the time of the most recent valuation, the Company has agreed to make the final payment in March 2013. Overseas schemes The group also operates defined benefit pension schemes in Australia and New Zealand, the United States, Canada, the Republic of Ireland, Spain, Switzerland, Germany, France, Italy, the Philippines, Thailand, Mexico, and South Africa. These schemes are primarily funded schemes. The charge for the year is based on recommendations by qualified actuaries. Unfunded post-retirement medical benefit schemes are accounted for as defined benefit pension schemes. For defined contribution schemes, the pension costs are the contributions payable. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 87 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 12. Employee entitlements continued Assumptions The UK pension schemes represent 90% (2011 – 90%) of the group’s scheme assets and 88% (2011 – 88%) of the group’s scheme liabilities. The financial assumptions used to value the UK pension schemes under IAS 19, together with the expected long-term rates of return on assets, are: Discount rate Inflation Rate of increase in salaries Rate of increase for pensions in payment Rate of increase for pensions in deferment (where provided) 2012 % 4.6 3.1 4.1 2.9 2.6 2011 % 5.1 3.3 4.3 3.1 2.8 2010 % 5.2 3.5 5.0 3.3 3.0 The mortality assumptions used to value the UK pension schemes are derived from the S1NA generational mortality tables with improvements in line with the projection model prepared by the Continuous Mortality Investigation of the UK actuarial profession, with no rating for males and a +0.2 year rating for females, with a long-term underpin of 1.5%. These mortality assumptions take account of experience to date, and assumptions for further improvements in life expectancy of scheme members. Examples of the resulting life expectancies are as follows: Life expectancy from age 65 (in years) Member aged 65 in 2012 (2011) Member aged 65 in 2032 (2031) 2012 Male 22.6 24.8 Female 24.7 27.1 2011 Male 22.5 24.7 Female 24.6 27.0 The other demographic assumptions have been set having regard to the latest trends in scheme experience and other relevant data. The assumptions are reviewed and updated as necessary as part of the periodic actuarial valuation of the pension schemes. For the overseas schemes, regionally appropriate assumptions have been used where recommended by local actuaries. Balance sheet The expected rates of return on plan assets were determined, based on actuarial advice, by a process that takes the long-term rate of return on government bonds available at the balance sheet date and with a similar maturity to the scheme liabilities, and applies to these rates suitable risk premia that take account of historic market returns and current market long-term expectations for each asset class. The UK schemes’ net pension liability of £4m (2011 – £16m asset) plus the overseas schemes’ net pension liability of £91m (2011 – £60m liability) totals a liability of £95m (2011 – £44m). This equates to the employee benefits asset of £18m (2011 – £35m) and liability of £113m (2011 – £79m) shown on the face of the consolidated balance sheet. The expected rates of return and market values of the assets of the principal schemes were as follows: UK schemes Expected long-term rates of return: Equities Government bonds Non-government bonds Property Other Total market value of plan assets Present value of scheme liabilities Net pension (liability)/asset Unfunded liability included in the present value of scheme liabilities above 2012 % 2012 £m 2011 % 2011 £m 6.3 3.3 4.6 4.8 0.5 961 896 638 103 117 2,715 (2,719) (4) (19) 6.7 3.7 5.1 5.2 0.5 827 631 939 102 7 2,506 (2,490) 16 (17) 2010 % 7.1 4.1 5.2 5.6 0.5 2010 £m 831 542 919 90 23 2,405 (2,434) (29) (15) The plan assets, scheme liabilities and aggregate net deficit of the plans were respectively £2,135m, £2,211m and £76m in 2009 and £2,202m, £2,117m and £85m surplus in 2008. The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure UK scheme liabilities at 15 September 2012 are: Discount rate Inflation Rate of increase in salaries Rate of mortality Change in assumption decrease/increase by 0.5% increase/decrease by 0.5% increase/decrease by 0.5% reduce by one year Impact on scheme liabilities increase/decrease by 9.0% increase/decrease by 7.9% increase/decrease by 1.6% increase by 2.7% Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 88 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 12. Employee entitlements continued Overseas schemes Expected long-term rates of return: Equities Government bonds Non-government bonds Property Other Total market value of plan assets Present value of scheme liabilities Aggregate net deficit of the plans Irrecoverable surplus (a) Net pension liability Unfunded liability included in the present value of scheme liabilities above 2012 % 7.2 3.7 3.7 4.3 4.0 2011 % 8.0 4.7 3.5 5.2 5.9 2012 £m 139 33 56 4 56 288 (371) (83) (8) (91) (38) 2011 £m 128 36 53 6 59 282 (334) (52) (8) (60) (34) 2010 % 2010 £m 7.7 4.3 2.9 7.1 6.3 112 34 41 5 93 285 (342) (57) (13) (70) (36) The plan assets, scheme liabilities and aggregate net deficit of the plans were respectively £238m, £242m and £4m in 2009 and £222m, £211m and £11m surplus in 2008. (a) The surpluses in the plans are only recoverable to the extent that the group can benefit from either refunds formally agreed or from future contribution reductions. Income statement The charge to the income statement comprises: Charged to operating profit: Defined benefit plans Current service cost Gain on curtailment Defined contribution plans Total operating cost Reported in other financial income/(expense): Expected return on assets Interest charge on liabilities Net financial income from employee benefit schemes Net impact on the income statement (before tax) The actual return on scheme assets was a gain of £294m (2011 – gain of £153m). 2012 £m 2011 £m (34) 1 (53) (86) 147 (142) 5 (39) 7 (51) (83) 149 (142) 7 (81) (76) Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 89 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 12. Employee entitlements continued Cash ﬂow Group cash flow in respect of employee benefits schemes comprises contributions paid to funded plans and benefits paid in respect of unfunded plans. In 2012, the benefits paid in respect of unfunded plans was £nil (2011 – £1m). Company contributions to funded defined benefit plans are subject to periodic review. In 2012, contributions to funded defined benefit plans amounted to £71m (2011 – £70m). Contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to £53m (2011 – £51m). Total contributions to funded plans and benefit payments by the group in respect of unfunded plans are currently expected to be approximately £67m in 2013 (2012 – £70m). Other comprehensive income Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income: Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets Experience gains and losses arising on scheme liabilities Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of scheme liabilities Change in unrecognised surplus Net actuarial (loss)/gain recognised in other comprehensive income (before tax) 2012 £m 147 204 (450) (99) – (99) 2011 £m 4 67 (62) 9 3 12 Cumulative actuarial losses from 19 September 2004 reported in other comprehensive income are £434m (2011 – cumulative actuarial losses of £335m). Reconciliation of change in assets and liabilities Asset/(liability) at beginning of year Current service cost Employee contributions Employer contributions Benefit payments Gain on curtailments Financial income Financial expense Actuarial gain/(loss) Effect of movements in foreign exchange Asset/(liability) at end of year History of experience gains and losses Difference between the expected and actual return on scheme assets – amount (£m) – percentage of scheme assets Experience gains and losses on scheme liabilities – amount (£m) – percentage of scheme liabilities Total amount included in other comprehensive income – amount (£m) – percentage of scheme liabilities 2012 assets £m 2,788 – 9 71 (137) – 147 – 147 (22) 3,003 2011 assets £m 2,690 – 10 70 (141) (3) 149 – 4 9 2,788 2012 liabilities £m (2,824) (34) (9) – 137 1 – (142) (246) 27 (3,090) 2011 liabilities £m (2,776) (39) (10) – 142 10 – (142) 5 (14) (2,824) 2012 net £m (36) (34) – 70 – 1 147 (142) (99) 6 (87) 2011 net £m (86) (39) – 70 1 7 149 (142) 9 (5) (36) 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 147 4.9% 204 6.6% (99) 3.2% 4 0.1% 67 2.4% 9 0.3% 236 8.8% (203) 8.6% (170) 7.0% (15) 0.5% 5 0.2% 61 2.6% (37) 1.3% (231) (253) 9.4% 10.9% Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 90 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 13. Deferred tax assets and liabilities At 18 September 2010 Amount charged/(credited) to the income statement Amount charged/(credited) to other comprehensive income Amount charged/(credited) directly to equity Effect of change in tax rate on income statement Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 17 September 2011 Amount charged/(credited) to the income statement Amount charged/(credited) to other comprehensive income Effect of change in tax rate on income statement Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 15 September 2012 Property, plant and equipment £m 198 31 – – (24) (1) 204 (13) – (3) (9) 179 Intangible assets £m 123 (8) – – – – 115 (15) – (1) (4) 95 Employee benefits £m (27) 10 4 (2) – – (15) 8 (21) – 2 (26) Financial assets and liabilities £m – – 1 – – – 1 (1) (4) – – (4) Other temporary differences £m 28 18 1 – 1 (4) 44 2 (3) – (10) 33 Tax value of carry-forward losses £m (84) (14) – – 7 (4) (95) (4) – (5) 4 (100) Total £m 238 37 6 (2) (16) (9) 254 (23) (28) (9) (17) 177 Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for financial reporting purposes: Deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities 2012 £m (189) 366 177 2011 £m (150) 404 254 The recoverability of deferred tax assets is supported by the expected level of future profits in the countries concerned. Other deferred tax assets totalling £45m (2011 – £29m) have not been recognised on the basis that their future economic benefit is uncertain. In addition, there are temporary differences of £2,098m (2011 – £2,095m) relating to investments in subsidiaries. No deferred tax has been provided in respect of these differences, since the timing of the reversals can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the future. 14. Trade and other receivables Non-current – other receivables Loans and receivables Other non-current investments Current – trade and other receivables Trade receivables Other receivables Accrued income Prepayments and other non-financial receivables 2012 £m 2011 £m 147 4 151 980 138 19 1,137 99 1,236 187 16 203 939 136 19 1,094 165 1,259 The directors consider that the carrying amount of receivables approximates fair value. For details of credit risk exposure on trade and other receivables, see note 24. Trade and other receivables include £16m (2011 – £19m) in respect of finance lease receivables, with £13m in non-current loans and receivables and £3m in current other receivables (2011 – £16m in non-current loans and receivables and £3m in current other receivables). Minimum lease payments receivable are £3m within one year and £13m between one and five years (2011 – £3m within one year, £14m between one and five years, and £3m after five years). The finance lease receivables relate to property, plant and equipment leased to a joint venture of the group (see note 27). Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 91 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 15. Inventories Raw materials and consumables Work in progress Finished goods and goods held for resale Write down of inventories 16. Cash and cash equivalents Cash Cash at bank and in hand Cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents Reconciliation to the cash flow statement Bank overdrafts Cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement 2012 £m 378 38 1,084 1,500 (66) 2012 £m 233 158 391 (146) 245 Note 24 17 Cash at bank and in hand generally earns interest at rates based on the daily bank deposit rate. Cash equivalents generally comprise: (i) deposits placed on money markets for periods up to three months which earn interest at a short-term deposit rate; and (ii) funds invested with fund managers that have a maturity of less than or equal to three months and are at fixed rates. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value. 17. Loans and overdrafts Current loans and overdrafts Secured redeemable debenture stock 2013 Secured loans Unsecured loans and overdrafts Non-current loans Secured redeemable debenture stock 2013 Secured loans Unsecured loans Finance leases Note 25 24 2012 £m 150 23 365 538 – 69 833 12 914 1,452 2011 £m 362 35 1,028 1,425 (89) 2011 £m 331 10 341 (50) 291 2011 £m – 37 692 729 150 189 546 12 897 1,626 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 92 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 17. Loans and overdrafts continued 103/4% secured redeemable debenture stock 2013 (GBP) Secured loans – USD floating rate – ZAR floating rate – RMB floating rate – Other floating rate – Other fixed rate Unsecured loans and overdrafts – Bank overdrafts – GBP floating rate – GBP fixed rate – USD floating rate – USD fixed rate – EUR floating rate – EUR fixed rate – RMB floating rate – RMB fixed rate – Other floating rate – Other fixed rate Finance leases (fixed rate) Note 16 2012 £m 150 – – 11 81 – 146 122 160 1 597 32 17 111 6 5 1 12 1,452 2011 £m 150 10 79 53 81 3 50 514 81 28 295 146 19 96 2 5 2 12 1,626 Secured loans comprise amounts borrowed from commercial banks and are secured by floating charges over the assets of subsidiaries. Bank overdrafts generally bear interest at floating rates. 18. Trade and other payables Trade payables Accruals Deferred income and other non-financial payables For payables with a remaining life of less than one year, carrying amount is deemed to reflect the fair value. 2012 £m 824 681 1,505 247 1,752 2011 £m 788 622 1,410 217 1,627 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 93 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 19. Provisions At 17 September 2011 Created Unwinding of discount Utilised Released Effect of movements in foreign exchange At 15 September 2012 Current Non-current Restructuring £m 24 6 – (9) (1) – 20 Deferred consideration £m 69 9 3 (1) – – 80 12 8 20 70 10 80 Other £m 43 13 – (2) (14) (4) 36 16 20 36 Total £m 136 28 3 (12) (15) (4) 136 98 38 136 Provisions include financial liabilities of £136m (2011 – £136m) (see note 24). Restructuring Restructuring provisions relate to the cash costs, including redundancy, associated with the group’s announced reorganisation plans, of which the majority will be utilised in 2012/13. Deferred consideration Deferred consideration comprises estimates of amounts due to the previous owners of businesses acquired by the group which are often linked to performance or other conditions. Other Other provisions mainly comprise litigation claims and warranty claims arising from the sale and closure of businesses. The extent and timing of the utilisation of these provisions is more uncertain given the nature of the claims and the period of the warranties. 20. Share capital and reserves Share capital Issued and fully paid At 17 September 2011 and 15 September 2012 Ordinary shares of 515⁄ 22p each 000 Nominal value £m 791,674 45 At 15 September 2012, the Company’s issued share capital comprised 791,674,183 ordinary shares of 515⁄ 22p each, carrying one vote per share. Other reserves £173m of other reserves arose from the cancellation of share premium account by the Company in 1993. The remaining £2m arose in 2010 as a transfer to capital redemption reserve following redemption of two million £1 deferred shares at par. Both are non-distributable. Translation reserve The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations, as well as from the translation of liabilities that hedge the group’s net investment in foreign subsidiaries. Hedging reserve The hedging reserve comprises all changes in the value of derivatives to the extent that they are effective cash flow hedges, net of amounts recycled from the hedging reserve on occurrence of the hedged transaction or when the hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 94 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 21. Acquisitions and disposals 2012 During 2012, the group acquired Elephant Atta, the UK’s leading ethnic flour brand, for a consideration of £34m. Additionally, a number of smaller acquisitions were made with a total cash consideration of £3m and deferred consideration payable on prior year acquisitions was increased by £9m. Total consideration therefore amounted to £46m. Net identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were £38m, comprising non-operating intangibles of £36m, inventory of £3m, cash of £1m, trade payables of £1m and short-term borrowings of £1m. Goodwill arising was £8m. Cash flow on purchase of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates of £45m comprises £37m cash consideration, less £1m cash acquired, and a £9m investment in joint ventures. Loss on sale and closure of businesses of £9m comprised a £15m non-cash charge for the write-off of Illovo’s investment in pre-project expenditure in Mali (Sugar and Europe & Africa segments), offset by a £9m credit for recognition of deferred profit on the disposal of the group’s Polish sugar operations in November 2009 (Sugar and Europe & Africa segments) together with other small charges totalling £3m. Cash flow on sale of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates of £2m in the cash flow statement comprises receipts of deferred consideration in respect of previous business disposals. 2011 During 2011, the group completed no new business combinations or business disposals. Cash flow on purchase of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates of £24m comprised £15m in respect of previous acquisitions and £9m investment in a joint venture. Cash flow on sale of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates of £3m in the cash flow statement comprises receipts of deferred consideration in respect of previous business disposals. 22. Share-based payments The group had the following equity-settled share-based payment plans in operation during the period: Associated British Foods 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme (‘the 2000 Scheme’) This scheme was approved and adopted by the Company at the annual general meeting held on 15 December 2000. Under the terms of the 2000 Scheme, options to purchase ordinary shares in the Company may be granted to selected employees over the ten years from 15 December 2000. The options must be held for three years before they become exercisable. The exercise of an option under this scheme will, in accordance with institutional shareholder guidelines, be conditional on the achievement of performance criteria which are based on growth in the group’s profits. Associated British Foods Executive Share Incentive Plan 2003 (‘the Share Incentive Plan’) The Share Incentive Plan was approved and adopted by the Company at the annual general meeting held on 5 December 2003. It takes the form of conditional allocations of shares which will be released if, and to the extent that, certain performance targets are satisfied over a three-year performance period. Further information regarding the operation of the above plans can be found on pages 53 and 54 of the Remuneration report. Details of the group’s equity-settled share-based payment plans are as follows: 2012 the Share Incentive Plan 2011 the 2000 Scheme the Share Incentive Plan Balance outstanding at the beginning of the year Granted/ awarded Exercised Vested Balance outstanding at the end of the year Expired/ lapsed 5,373,360 1,944,957 – (1,046,375) (1,096,003) 5,175,939 75,000 5,791,563 – 1,962,219 (55,000) – – (1,132,093) (20,000) (1,248,329) – 5,373,360 Weighted average exercise price of options Outstanding at the beginning of the year pence Granted pence Exercised pence Forfeited pence Expired/ lapsed pence Outstanding at the end of the year pence Exercisable at the end of the year pence Range of exercise prices for options outstanding at the end of the year pence Weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options at the end of the year years 2011 the 2000 Scheme 484.00 – 484.00 – 484.00 – – n/a – No share options were exercised during the year. The weighted average market price for share options exercised during 2011 was 1,106 pence. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 95 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 22. Share-based payments continued Ordinary shares already issued and subject to option under the 2000 Scheme, or subject to allocation under the Share Incentive Plan, are held in a separate Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust. The Trust is funded by the Company. Voting rights attached to shares held by the Trust are exercisable by the trustee, who is entitled to consider any recommendation made by a committee of the Company. At 15 September 2012 the Trust held 2,769,023 (2011 – 3,815,490) ordinary shares of the Company. The market value of these shares at the year end was £35m (2011 – £43m). The trust has waived its right to dividends. Movements in the year were releases under the Share Incentive Plan of 1,046,375 (2011 – releases under the Share Incentive Plan of 1,132,093, share option exercises of 55,000 and purchases of 1,500,000). Fair values The weighted average fair value for the 2000 Scheme was determined using a binomial lattice model and for the Share Incentive Plan by taking the market price of the shares at the time of grant and discounting for the fact that dividends are not paid during the vesting period. The weighted average fair value of the shares awarded under the Share Incentive Plan during the year was 1,022 pence (2011 – 999 pence) and the weighted average share price was 1,099 pence (2011 – 1,074 pence). The dividend yield used was 2.5%. No options were granted under the 2000 Scheme in either 2011 or 2012. In accordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS 1, the group has recognised an expense in respect of all grants under these plans made after 7 November 2002 and unvested at 18 September 2004. The group recognised a total equity-settled share-based payment expense of £8m (2011 – £8m). 23. Analysis of net debt Cash at bank and in hand, cash equivalents and overdrafts Short-term borrowings Loans over one year At 17 September 2011 £m 291 (679) (897) (1,285) Cash flow £m (28) 279 (44) 207 Acquisitions £m – (1) – (1) Exchange adjustments £m (18) 9 27 18 At 15 September 2012 £m 245 (392) (914) (1,061) Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances, call deposits and investments with original maturities of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the cash flow statement. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 96 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 24. Financial instruments a) Carrying amount and fair values of ﬁnancial assets and liabilities Financial assets Cash and cash equivalents Loans and receivables: Trade and other receivables Other non-current receivables (fair value 2012 – £147m; fair value 2011 – £186m) At fair value through profit or loss: Derivative assets not designated in a cash flow hedging relationship: – currency derivatives – commodity derivatives Designated cash flow hedging relationships: Derivative assets designated and effective as cash flow hedging instruments: – currency derivatives – commodity derivatives Total financial assets Financial liabilities Financial liabilities at amortised cost: Trade and other payables Secured redeemable debenture stock (fair value 2012 – £163m; fair value 2011 – £174m) Secured loans (fair value 2012 – £92m; fair value 2011 – £227m) Unsecured loans and overdrafts (fair value 2012 – £1,332m; fair value 2011 – £1,312m) Finance leases (fair value 2012 – £10m; fair value 2011 – £10m) Provisions At fair value through profit or loss: Derivative liabilities not designated in a cash flow hedging relationship: – currency derivatives – commodity derivatives Designated cash flow hedging relationships: Derivative liabilities designated and effective as cash flow hedging instruments: – currency derivatives – commodity derivatives Total financial liabilities Net financial liabilities Except where stated, carrying amount is equal to fair value. 2012 £m 391 1,137 151 2 8 17 6 1,712 (1,505) (150) (92) (1,198) (12) (136) 2011 £m 341 1,094 203 4 1 17 4 1,664 (1,410) (150) (226) (1,238) (12) (136) (4) (8) (2) (1) (35) (3) (3,143) (1,431) (12) (7) (3,194) (1,530) Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 97 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 24. Financial instruments continued The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair values of financial assets and liabilities are as follows: Financial asset/liability Cash and cash equivalents Trade receivables, other receivables and accrued income Trade payables, other payables and accruals Other non-current investments (recorded within other non-current receivables) Other long-term receivables Loans, overdrafts and debenture stock Finance leases Derivatives Provisions Fair value determination Fair values have been stated at book values due to short maturities or otherwise immediate or short-term access and realisability. These comprise minority shareholdings held primarily in privately owned, unquoted companies, where there is no active market available to value them. Where the fair value of the equity instruments cannot be reliably measured, they are recorded at cost. Where shareholdings are held in publicly quoted companies, bid price is used to estimate fair value. Fair values have been estimated by discounting expected future cash flows. Fair values are typically determined either by reference to third-party valuations (usually from a bank), or by reference to readily observable market prices. The group’s derivatives primarily cover a period of no more than 12 months from the balance sheet date, and information derived from an active market is almost always available to assist with the valuation of derivatives. These are measured at the directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date and are discounted to present value where the effect is material. Consequently, fair value is equivalent to book value. Valuation of ﬁnancial instruments carried at fair value Financial instruments carried at fair value in the balance sheet comprise other non-current investments and derivatives. The group classifies these financial instruments using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the relative significance of both objective evidence and subjective judgements on the inputs used in making the fair value measurements: (cid:116)(cid:1) Level 1: ﬁnancial instruments are valued using observable inputs that reﬂect unadjusted quoted market prices in an active market for identical instruments. An example of an item in this category is a widely traded equity instrument with a normal quoted market price. (cid:116)(cid:1) Level 2: ﬁnancial instruments are valued using techniques based on observable inputs, either directly (i.e. market prices and rates) or indirectly (i.e. derived from market prices and rates). An example of an item in this category is a currency derivative, where forward exchange rates and yield curve data which are observable in the market are used to derive fair value. (cid:116)(cid:1) Level 3: ﬁnancial instruments are valued using techniques involving signiﬁcant unobservable inputs. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 98 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 24. Financial instruments continued b) Derivatives All derivatives are classified as current on the face of the balance sheet. The table below analyses the carrying amount of derivatives and their contractual/notional amounts, together with an analysis of derivatives by the level in the fair value hierarchy into which their fair value measurement method is categorised. Financial assets Currency derivatives Commodity derivatives Financial liabilities Currency derivatives Commodity derivatives 2012 2011 Contractual/ notional amounts £m 536 110 646 1,396 70 1,466 Level 1 £m Level 2 £m Total £m – 10 10 – (8) (8) 19 4 23 (39) (3) (42) 19 14 33 (39) (11) (50) Contractual/ notional amounts £m 927 79 1,006 682 74 756 Level 1 £m Level 2 £m – 2 2 – (4) (4) 21 3 24 (15) (3) (18) Total £m 21 5 26 (15) (7) (22) c) Cash ﬂow hedging reserve The following table identifies the movements in the cash flow hedging reserve during the year, and the periods in which the cash flows are expected to occur. The periods in which the cash flows are expected to impact profit or loss are materially the same. Opening balance Losses/(gains) recognised in the hedging reserve Amount removed from the hedging reserve and included in the income statement due to settlement of contracts: – revenue – cost of sales Amount removed from the hedging reserve and included in a non-financial asset due to settlement of contracts: – property, plant and equipment – inventory Deferred tax Closing balance Cash flows are expected to occur: – within six months – between six months and one year Currency derivatives £m (4) (38) 2012 Commodity derivatives £m 1 19 Total £m (3) (19) Currency derivatives £m 6 1 2011 Commodity derivatives £m (4) 6 22 – (1) 39 (4) 14 10 4 14 – (15) – (5) – – – – – 22 (15) (1) 34 (4) 14 10 4 14 3 (2) – (10) (2) (4) (5) 1 (4) (13) 3 – 6 3 1 1 – 1 Total £m 2 7 (10) 1 – (4) 1 (3) (4) 1 (3) Of the closing balance of £14m, £17m is attributable to equity shareholders and £(3)m to non-controlling interests (2011 – £(3)m attributable entirely to non-controlling interests). Movements in the year (net) of £17m (2011 – £(5)m) comprise £17m attributable to equity shareholders and £nil to non-controlling interests (2011 – £(4)m to equity shareholders and £(1)m to non-controlling interests). d) Financial risk identiﬁcation and management The group is exposed to the following financial risks from its use of financial instruments: (cid:116)(cid:1) market risk; (cid:116)(cid:1) credit risk; and (cid:116)(cid:1) liquidity risk. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 99 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 24. Financial instruments continued The group’s financial risk management process seeks to enable the early identification, evaluation and effective management of key risks facing the business. Risk management policies and systems have been established and are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the group’s activities. The group, through its standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations. The group sources and sells products and manufactures goods in a wide variety of locations around the world. These operations expose the group to potentially significant price volatility in the financial and commodity markets. Trading and risk management teams have been established in the group’s major businesses to manage this exposure by entering into a range of products, including physical and financial forward contracts, futures and, where appropriate, options. These teams work closely with group Treasury and report regularly to executive management. Treasury operations and commodity procurement are conducted within a clearly defined framework of board-approved policies and guidelines to manage the group’s financial and commodity risks. Treasury works closely with the group’s procurement teams to manage commodity risks. Treasury policy seeks to ensure that adequate financial resources are available to the group at all times, for the management and development of the group’s businesses, whilst effectively managing its market risk and credit risk. The group’s risk management policy explicitly forbids the use of financial or commodity derivatives (outside its risk management framework of mitigating financial and commodity risks) for speculative purposes. e) Foreign currency translation The group presents its financial statements in sterling. As a result of its diverse worldwide operations, the group is exposed to foreign currency translation risk where overseas operations have a functional currency other than sterling. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates impact the translation into sterling of both the income statement and net assets of these foreign operations. Where appropriate, the group finances its operations by borrowing locally in the functional currency of its operations. This reduces net asset values reported in functional currencies other than sterling, thereby reducing the economic exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on translation. The group also finances its operations by obtaining funding at group level through external borrowings and, where they are not in sterling, these borrowings may be designated as net investment hedges. This enables gains and losses arising on retranslation of these foreign currency borrowings to be charged to other comprehensive income, providing a partial offset in equity against the gains and losses arising on translation of the net assets of foreign operations. The group does not actively hedge the translation impact of foreign exchange rate movements on the income statement (other than via the partial economic hedge arising from the servicing costs on non-sterling borrowings), nor does it use derivatives to hedge its net investments in foreign operations. The group designates certain of its intercompany loan arrangements as quasi-equity for the purposes of IAS 21. The effect of the designation is that any foreign exchange volatility arising within the borrowing entity and/or the lending entity is accounted for directly within other comprehensive income. The group has foreign currency borrowings that have been designated as hedges of its net investment in foreign operations in euros and US dollars. The value of these financial liabilities used as hedging instruments at the balance sheet date was: Euro US dollar 2012 £m 17 597 614 2011 £m 52 296 348 The foreign exchange gain of £11m (2011 – gain of £2m) on retranslation of these loans has been taken to the translation reserve on consolidation. Of this balance a gain of £12m was attributable to equity shareholders and a loss of £1m to non-controlling interests (2011 – £1m to equity shareholders and £1m to non-controlling interests). Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 100 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 24. Financial instruments continued f) Market risk Market risk is the risk of movements in the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument or forecast transaction as underlying market prices change. The group is exposed to changes in the market price of commodities, interest rates and foreign exchange rates. These risks are known as ‘transaction’ (or recognised) exposures and ‘economic’ (or forecast) exposures. (i) Commodity price risk Commodity price risk arises from the procurement of raw materials and the consequent exposure to changes in market prices. The group purchases a wide range of commodities in the ordinary course of business. Exposure to changes in the market price of certain of these commodities including wheat, edible oils, soya beans, meat, sugar raws, cocoa, rice, tea and energy is managed through the use of forward physical contracts and hedging instruments, including futures and options contracts, primarily to convert floating or indexed prices to fixed prices. The use of such contracts to hedge commodity exposures is governed by the group’s risk management policies and is continually monitored by group Treasury. Commodity derivatives also provide a way to meet customers’ pricing requirements whilst achieving a price structure consistent with the group’s overall pricing strategy. Some of the group’s commodity derivatives are treated as ‘own use’ contracts, since they are both entered into, and continue to be held, for the purposes of the group’s ordinary operations, and the group takes physical delivery of the commodity concerned. ‘Own use’ contracts do not require accounting entries until the commodity purchase actually crystallises. Certain other commodity derivatives are accounted for as cash flow hedges, but some are not eligible for treatment as ‘own use’ contracts and are not contracts for which the strict requirements of hedge accounting can be satisfied. This occurs typically where the group does not take physical delivery of the commodity concerned. Such commodity derivatives are used only where the business believes they provide an economic hedge of an underlying exposure. These instruments are classified as held for trading and are marked to market through the income statement. The majority of the group’s forward physical contracts and commodity derivatives have original maturities of less than one year. The group does not have significant sensitivities in respect of the accounting for its on-balance sheet commodity contracts. (ii) Interest rate risk Interest rate risk comprises two primary elements: (cid:116)(cid:1) interest price risk results from ﬁnancial instruments bearing ﬁxed interest rates. Changes in ﬂoating interest rates therefore affect the fair value of these ﬁxed rate ﬁnancial instruments; and (cid:116)(cid:1) interest cash ﬂow risk results from ﬁnancial instruments bearing ﬂoating rates. Changes in ﬂoating interest rates affect cash ﬂows on interest receivable or payable. The group’s policy is to maintain floating rate debt for a significant proportion of its bank finance, although it periodically assesses its position with respect to interest price and cash flow risk. At 15 September 2012, £943m (65%) (2011 – £564m and 35%) of total debt was subject to fixed rates of interest. The group’s fixed rate debt includes the US Private Placement loans of £774m (2011 – £394m) and the £150m 103/4% secured redeemable debenture stock 2013 (2011 – £150m). Floating rate debt comprises bank borrowings bearing interest rates fixed in advance, for various time periods up to 12 months, by reference to official market rates (e.g. LIBOR). The group does not have significant sensitivities to the impact of interest rates on derivative valuations, nor to the impact of interest rates on floating rate borrowings. (iii) Foreign currency risk The group conducts business worldwide and consequently in many foreign currencies. As a result, it is exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates which affect the group’s transaction costs. The group also publishes its financial statements in sterling and is therefore exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates on the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its foreign operations into sterling. Translation risk is discussed in section e) above. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 101 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 24. Financial instruments continued Transaction risk Currency transaction exposure occurs where a business makes sales and purchases in a currency other than its functional currency. It also arises where monetary assets and liabilities of a business are not denominated in its functional currency, and where dividends or surplus funds are remitted from overseas. The group’s policy is to match transaction exposures wherever possible, and to hedge actual exposures and firm commitments as soon as they occur by using forward foreign currency contracts. All foreign currency instruments contracted with non-group entities to manage transaction exposures are undertaken by group Treasury or, where foreign currency controls restrict group Treasury acting on behalf of subsidiaries, under its guidance. Identification of transaction exposures is the responsibility of each business. The group uses derivatives (principally forward foreign currency contracts and time options) to hedge its exposure to movements in exchange rates on its foreign currency trade receivables and payables. The group does not seek formal fair value hedge accounting for such transaction hedges. Instead, such derivatives are classified as held for trading and marked to market through the income statement. This offsets the income statement impact of the retranslation of the foreign currency trade receivables and payables. Economic (forecast) risk The group also uses forward foreign currency contracts to hedge its exposure to movements in exchange rates on its highly probable forecast foreign currency sales and purchases on a rolling 12 month basis. The group does not formally define the proportion of highly probable forecast sales and purchases to hedge, but agrees an appropriate percentage on an individual basis with each business by reference to the group’s risk management policies and prevailing market conditions. The group documents currency derivatives used to hedge its forecast transactions as cash flow hedges. To the extent that cash flow hedges are effective, gains and losses are deferred in equity until the forecast transaction occurs, at which point the gains and losses are recycled either to the income statement or to the non-financial asset acquired. The majority of the group’s currency derivatives have original maturities of less than one year. The group’s most significant currency transaction exposures are: (cid:116)(cid:1) sugar prices in British Sugar to movements in the sterling/euro exchange rate; (cid:116)(cid:1) sugar prices in Illovo to movements in the South African rand/US dollar/euro exchange rates; and (cid:116)(cid:1) sourcing for Primark – costs are denominated in a number of currencies, predominantly sterling, euros and US dollars. Elsewhere, a number of businesses make sales and purchase a variety of raw materials in foreign currencies (primarily US dollars and euros), giving rise to transaction exposures. In all other material respects, businesses tend to operate in their functional currencies and, as a result, further transaction exposure to foreign currency exchange rate movements is modest. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 102 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 24. Financial instruments continued The analysis of the group’s foreign currency exposure to financial assets and liabilities by currency of denomination is as follows: i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s Financial assets Cash and cash equivalents Trade and other receivables Financial liabilities Trade and other payables Secured loans Unsecured loans and overdrafts Currency derivatives Gross amounts receivable Gross amounts payable Financial assets Cash and cash equivalents Trade and other receivables Financial liabilities Trade and other payables Secured loans Unsecured loans and overdrafts Currency derivatives Gross amounts receivable Gross amounts payable Sterling £m US dollar £m 2012 Euro £m Other £m 3 – 3 (3) – (4) (7) 50 (66) (16) (20) 20 27 47 (142) – (598) (740) 882 (151) 731 3 50 53 (22) – (19) (41) 38 (686) (648) 38 (636) 2011 Sterling £m US dollar £m 7 – 7 (3) – – (3) 24 (8) 16 20 59 21 80 (169) (10) (327) (506) 742 (62) 680 254 Euro £m 31 40 71 (13) – (58) (71) 59 (614) (555) (555) 8 11 19 (10) – – (10) 68 (28) 40 49 Other £m 7 11 18 (8) (3) – (11) 83 (61) 22 29 Total £m 34 88 122 (177) – (621) (798) 1,038 (931) 107 (569) Total £m 104 72 176 (193) (13) (385) (591) 908 (745) 163 (252) 2011 1.58 1.15 11.72 10.08 1.53 The following significant exchange rates applied during the year: US dollar Euro Rand Renminbi Australian dollar Average rate Closing rate 2012 1.57 1.21 12.67 9.98 1.53 2011 1.60 1.15 11.09 10.51 1.57 2012 1.62 1.23 13.35 10.26 1.54 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 103 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 24. Financial instruments continued Sensitivity analysis The following sensitivity analysis illustrates the impact that a 10% strengthening of the group’s operating currencies against local functional currencies would have had on profit and equity. The analysis covers currency translation exposures at year end on businesses’ financial assets and liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currencies of those businesses. A similar but opposite impact would be felt on both profit and equity if the group’s main operating currencies weakened against local functional currencies by a similar amount. The exposure to foreign exchange gains and losses on translating the financial statements of subsidiaries into sterling is not included in this sensitivity analysis, as there is no impact on the income statement, and the gains and losses are recorded directly in the translation reserve in equity (see below for a separate sensitivity). This sensitivity is presented before taxation and non-controlling interests. 10% strengthening against other currencies of Sterling US dollar Euro Other 2012 impact on profit for the year +/- £m – 3 2 1 2012 impact on total equity +/- £m (2) 21 (71) 31 2011 impact on profit for the year +/- £m – 17 4 5 2011 impact on total equity +/- £m 2 41 (63) A second sensitivity analysis calculates the impact on the group’s profit before tax if the average rates used to translate the results of the group’s foreign operations into sterling were adjusted to show a 10% strengthening of sterling. A similar but opposite impact would be felt on profit before tax if sterling weakened against the other currencies by a similar amount. 10% strengthening of sterling against US dollar Euro Rand Renminbi Australian dollar 2012 impact on profit for the year +/- £m (4) (13) 1 3 13 2011 impact on profit for the year +/- £m (6) (7) 3 (2) – g) Credit risk Credit risk is the risk that counterparties to financial instruments do not perform according to the terms of the contract or instrument. The group’s businesses are exposed to counterparty credit risk when dealing with customers, and from certain financing activities. The immediate credit exposure of financial instruments is represented by those financial instruments that have a net positive fair value by counterparty at 15 September 2012. The group considers its maximum exposure to credit risk to be: Cash and cash equivalents Loans and receivables (see note 24a) Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss – derivative assets Designated cash flow hedging relationships – derivative assets 2012 £m 391 1,288 10 23 1,712 2011 £m 341 1,297 5 21 1,664 The majority of cash balances and short-term deposits are held with strong investment-grade banks or financial institutions. As at 15 September 2012, there were no significant financial guarantees or third-party obligations that increased the credit risk of the financial assets set out above. The group uses market knowledge, changes in credit ratings and other techniques to identify significant changes to the financial profile of its counterparties. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 104 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 24. Financial instruments continued Trade and other receivables Concentrations of credit risk are limited as a result of the group’s large and diverse customer base. The group has an established credit policy applied by each business under which the credit status of each new customer is reviewed before credit is advanced. This includes external credit evaluations where possible and in some cases bank references. Credit limits are established for all significant or high-risk customers, which represent the maximum amount permitted to be outstanding without requiring additional approval from the appropriate level of management. Outstanding debts are continually monitored by each business. Credit limits are reviewed on a regular basis, and at least annually. Customers that fail to meet the group’s benchmark creditworthiness may only transact with the group on a prepayment basis. Aggregate exposures are monitored at group level. Many of the group’s customers have been transacting with the group for many years and the incidence of bad debts has been low. Where appropriate, goods are sold subject to retention of title so that, in the event of non-payment, the group may have a secured claim. The group does not typically require collateral in respect of trade and other receivables. The group provides for impairment of financial assets including trade and other receivables based on known events, and makes a collective provision for losses yet to be identified, based on historical data. The majority of the provision comprises specific amounts. The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables at the reporting date by geographic region of origin was: UK Europe & Africa The Americas Asia Pacific Trade receivables can be analysed as follows: Not overdue Up to 1 month past due Between 1 and 2 months past due Between 2 and 3 months past due More than 3 months past due Provision for doubtful debts At 15 September 2012 2012 £m 405 241 141 350 1,137 2012 gross £m 850 107 22 6 32 (37) 980 Based on past experience, the group believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of trade receivables that are not past due. Trade and other receivables are stated net of the following provision for irrecoverable amounts: Opening balance Amounts provided for during the year Amounts released during the year Amounts utilised during the year Effect of movements in foreign exchange Closing balance 2012 £m 38 9 (3) (6) (1) 37 2011 £m 379 209 132 374 1,094 2011 gross £m 821 92 21 9 34 (38) 939 2011 £m 38 10 (5) (5) – 38 No trade and other receivables (2011 – none) were written off directly to the income statement in the year. The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates fair value. Cash and cash equivalents Banking relationships are generally limited to those banks that are members of the core relationship group. These banks are selected for their credit status, global reach and their ability to meet the businesses’ day-to-day banking requirements. The credit ratings of these institutions are monitored on a continuing basis. In locations where the core relationship banking group cannot be used, operating procedures including choice of bank, opening of bank accounts and repatriation of funds must be agreed with group Treasury. The group has not recorded impairments against cash or cash equivalents, nor have any recoverability issues been identified with such balances. Such items are typically recoverable on demand or in line with normal banking arrangements. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 105 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 24. Financial instruments continued Other ﬁnancial assets Other non-current investments are typically equity investments with no fixed maturity or recoverability date. No impairment issues have been identified with respect to other non-current investments. Since derivative assets are recorded at fair value, either through profit and loss for those not in a designated cash flow hedging relationship, or otherwise through the hedging reserve, no impairment issues have been identified. h) Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the group will encounter difficulty in meeting its obligations associated with its financial liabilities as they fall due. Group Treasury is responsible for monitoring and managing liquidity and ensures that the group has sufficient headroom in its committed facilities to meet unforeseen or abnormal requirements. The group also has access to uncommitted facilities to assist with short-term funding requirements. Available headroom is monitored via the use of detailed cash flow forecasts prepared by each business, which are reviewed at least quarterly, or more often, as required. Actual results are compared to budget and forecast each period, and variances investigated and explained. Particular focus is given to management of working capital. Details of the group’s borrowing facilities are given in section i). The following table analyses the contractual undiscounted cash flows relating to financial liabilities at the balance sheet date and compares them to carrying amounts: Non-derivative financial liabilities Trade and other payables Secured redeemable debenture stock Secured loans Unsecured loans and overdrafts Finance leases Provisions Derivative financial liabilities – Currency derivatives (net payments) – Commodity derivatives (net payments) Total financial liabilities Non-derivative financial liabilities Trade and other payables Secured redeemable debenture stock Secured loans Unsecured loans and overdrafts Finance leases Provisions Derivative financial liabilities – Currency derivatives (net payments) – Commodity derivatives (net payments) Total financial liabilities Due within 6 months £m Note Due between 6 months and 1 year £m Due between 1 and 2 years £m 18 17 17 17 25 19 (1,494) (5) (6) (353) (1) (86) (29) (22) (1,996) (11) (158) (17) (43) – (2) (10) (6) (247) – – (27) (161) (1) (27) – (1) (217) Due within 6 months £m Note Due between 6 months and 1 year £m Due between 1 and 2 years £m 18 17 17 17 25 19 (1,383) (5) (11) (625) (1) (26) (11) (17) (2,079) (27) (8) (26) (92) – (5) (5) (7) (170) – (166) (68) (119) (1) (103) – – (457) 2012 Due between 2 and 5 years £m – – (42) (289) (2) (19) – – (352) 2011 Due between 2 and 5 years £m – – (85) (377) (2) (7) – – (471) Due after 5 years £m Contracted amount £m Carrying amount £m – – – (558) (38) (2) – – (598) (1,505) (163) (92) (1,404) (42) (136) (39) (29) (3,410) (1,505) (150) (92) (1,198) (12) (136) (39) (11) (3,143) Due after 5 years £m Contracted amount £m Carrying amount £m – – (36) (151) (39) – – – (226) (1,410) (179) (226) (1,364) (43) (141) (16) (24) (3,403) (1,410) (150) (226) (1,238) (12) (136) (14) (8) (3,194) The above tables do not include forecast data for liabilities which may be incurred in the future but which were not contracted at 15 September 2012. The principal reasons for differences between carrying values and contractual undiscounted cash flows are coupon payments on the secured redeemable debenture stock and other fixed rate debt to which the group is already committed, future interest payments on the group’s finance leases, and cash flows on derivative financial instruments which are not aligned with their fair value. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 106 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 24. Financial instruments continued i) Borrowing facilities The group has substantial borrowing facilities available to it. The undrawn committed facilities available at 15 September 2012 in respect of which all conditions precedent have been met amounted to £1,384m (2011 – £911m): £1.15bn syndicated facility US private placement British Sugar secured redeemable debenture stock European Investment Bank Illovo Azucarera Other Uncommitted facilities available at 15 September 2012 were: Money market lines Illovo China banking Other Facility £m 1,150 774 150 120 202 156 7 2,559 Facility £m 100 112 528 134 874 2012 Drawn £m – 774 150 120 97 32 2 1,175 2012 Drawn £m – 72 158 35 265 Undrawn £m 1,150 – – – 105 124 5 1,384 Undrawn £m 100 40 370 99 609 Facility £m 1,150 394 150 120 255 227 28 2,324 Facility £m 100 130 419 121 770 2011 Drawn £m 438 394 150 120 183 111 17 1,413 2011 Drawn £m 21 37 115 28 201 Undrawn £m 712 – – – 72 116 11 911 Undrawn £m 79 93 304 93 569 In addition to the above facilities there are also £253m (2011 – £75m) of undrawn and available credit lines for the purposes of issuing letters of credit and guarantees in the normal course of business. The group also has £12m of finance lease liabilities which are not included in the tables above, but which are included in the group’s loans and overdrafts in note 17. The £1.15bn syndicated facility matures in July 2015. In addition to the bank debt, the Company has £774m of private placement notes in issue to institutional investors in the US and Europe. At 15 September 2012, these had an average remaining duration of 6.1 years and an average fixed coupon of 5.4%. The other significant core committed debt facilities comprise a £150m debenture loan (maturing 2013), £120m EIB loan (maturing 2015), as well as local committed facilities in Illovo and Azucarera. Uncommitted bank borrowing facilities are normally reaffirmed by the banks annually, although they can theoretically be withdrawn at any time. Refer to note 9 for details of the group’s capital commitments and to note 26 for a summary of the group’s guarantees. An assessment of the group’s current liquidity position is given in the Financial review on page 31. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 107 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 24. Financial instruments continued j) Capital management The capital structure of the group is presented in the balance sheet. The statement of changes in equity provides details on equity and note 17 provides details of loans and overdrafts. Short and medium-term funding requirements are provided by a variety of loan and overdraft facilities, both committed and uncommitted, with a range of counterparties and maturities. Longer term funding is sourced from a combination of these facilities, the private placement notes and committed syndicated loan facilities. The board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to enable successful future development of the business. The board monitors return on capital by division and determines the overall level of dividends payable to shareholders. From time to time the trustee of the Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust purchases the Company’s shares in the market to satisfy awards under the group’s share option scheme and long-term incentive plan. Once purchased, shares are not sold back into the market. The group does not have a defined share buy-back plan. There were no changes to the group’s approach to capital management during the year. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries are subject to externally imposed capital requirements. 25. Lease commitments Operating leases The group acts as a lessee, lessor and sub-lessor both for land and buildings, and plant and machinery, under operating leases. Sublease receipts of £1m (2011 – £3m) were recognised in the income statement in the period, the majority relating to operating leases. The total of future minimum sublease receipts expected to be received is £43m (2011 – £53m). Under the terms of the lease agreements, no contingent rents are payable. The future minimum lease payments under operating leases are as follows: Within one year Between one and five years After five years Finance leases Finance lease liabilities are payable as follows: Within one year Between one and five years After five years 2012 £m 166 608 1,959 2,733 2011 £m 136 539 1,843 2,518 2012 minimum lease payments £m 1 3 38 42 2012 interest £m 1 2 27 30 2012 principal £m –1 13 11 12 2011 minimum lease payments £m 1 2 39 43 2011 interest £m – 1 28 31 2011 principal £m 11 12 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 108 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 26. Contingencies Litigation and other proceedings against companies in the group are not considered material in the context of these financial statements. The group has adopted the amendments to IAS 39 in relation to financial guarantee contracts which apply for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2006. Where group companies enter into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other group companies, the group considers these to be insurance arrangements and has elected to account for them as such in accordance with IFRS 4. In this respect, the guarantee contract is treated as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the relevant group company issuing the guarantee will be required to make a payment under the guarantee. As at 15 September 2012, group companies have provided guarantees in the ordinary course of business amounting to £833m (2011 – £645m). 27. Related parties The group has a controlling related party relationship with its parent company, which is also its ultimate parent company (see note 28). The group also has a related party relationship with its associates and joint ventures (see note 28) and with its directors. In the course of normal operations, related party transactions entered into by the group have been contracted on an arm’s length basis. Material transactions and year end balances with related parties were as follows: Charges to Wittington Investments Limited in respect of services provided by the Company and its subsidiary undertakings trustees of the Garfield Weston Foundation Dividends paid by Associated British Foods and received in a beneficial capacity by: (i) (ii) directors of Wittington Investments Limited who are not trustees of the Foundation (iii) directors of the Company who are not trustees of the Foundation and are not directors of Wittington Investments Limited (iv) a member of the Weston family employed within the Associated British Foods group Sales to fellow subsidiary undertakings on normal trading terms Sales to companies with common key management personnel on normal trading terms Commissions paid to companies with common key management personnel on normal trading terms Amounts due from fellow subsidiary undertakings Amounts due from a company with common key management personnel Sales to joint ventures on normal trading terms Sales to associates on normal trading terms Purchases from joint ventures on normal trading terms Purchases from associates on normal trading terms Amounts due from joint ventures Amounts due from associates Amounts due to joint ventures Amounts due to associates Sub note 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 2012 £000 330 7,143 1,120 21 746 135 14,710 300 – 1,531 18,177 17,598 292,687 21,898 152,136 898 24,808 2,398 2011 £000 249 6,960 952 18 706 2,802 14,870 – 23 1,530 36,421 15,116 273,533 23,149 196,288 1,509 11,859 804 1. The Garfield Weston Foundation (‘the Foundation’) is an English charitable trust, established in 1958 by the late W Garfield Weston. The Foundation has no direct interest in the Company, but as at 15 September 2012 was the beneficial owner of 683,073 shares (2011 – 683,073 shares) in Wittington Investments Limited representing 79.2% (2011 – 79.2%) of that company’s issued share capital and is, therefore, the Company’s ultimate controlling party. At 15 September 2012 trustees of the Foundation comprised two children and two grandchildren of the late W Garfield Weston and five children of the late Garry H Weston. 2. Details of the directors are given on pages 36 and 37. Their interests, including family interests, in the Company and its subsidiary undertakings are given on page 57. Key management personnel are considered to be the directors, and their remuneration is disclosed within the Remuneration report on page 58. 3. A member of the Weston family who is employed by the group and is not a director of the Company or Wittington Investments Limited and is not a trustee of the Foundation. 4. The fellow subsidiary undertakings are Fortnum and Mason plc and Heal & Son Limited. 5. The companies with common key management personnel are the George Weston Limited group, in Canada, and Selfridges & Co Ltd. 6. Details of the group’s principal joint ventures and associates are set out in note 28. Amounts due from joint ventures comprise £16m (2011 – £19m) of finance lease receivables (see note 14) and £126m (2011 – £150m) of loan receivables. The remainder of the balance is trading balances. The loan receivables are all non-current (2011 – all non-current), and all but £3m (2011 – £3m) of the finance lease receivables are non-current. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 109 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 28. Group entities Control of the group The largest group in which the results of the Company are consolidated is that headed by Wittington Investments Limited, the accounts of which are available at Companies House, Crown Way, Cardiff CF14 3UZ. It is the ultimate holding company, is incorporated in Great Britain and is registered in England. At 15 September 2012 Wittington Investments Limited together with its subsidiary, Howard Investments Limited, held 431,515,108 ordinary shares (2011 – 431,515,108) representing in aggregate 54.5% (2011 – 54.5%) of the total issued ordinary share capital of Associated British Foods plc. Signiﬁcant subsidiaries A list of the group’s significant subsidiaries is given below. The entire share capital of the companies listed is held within the group except where percentages are shown. These percentages give the group’s ultimate interest and therefore allow for the situation where subsidiaries are owned by partly owned intermediate subsidiaries. Manufacturing activities AB Agri Limited AB Azucarera Iberia, S.L. Sociedad Unipersonal AB Brasil Industria e comercio de Alimentos LTDA AB Calsa SA de C.V. AB Enzymes GmbH AB Enzymes Oy ABF Grain Products Limited AB Food & Beverages Australia Pty Ltd AB Food & Beverages Philippines, Inc. AB Food & Beverages (Thailand) Limited AB (Harbin) Food Ingredients Company Limited AB Mauri (Canada) Limited AB Mauri Food Inc. AB Mauri Food, S.A. AB Mauri India (Private) Limited AB Mauri Malaysia Sdn. Bnd. AB Mauri Vietnam Ltd (66%) Abitec Corporation ABNA Feed (Liaoning) Co., Ltd ABNA (Shanghai) Feed Co., Ltd AB World Foods Limited ACH Food Companies, Inc. Alimentos Capullo, S.de R.L.de C.V. Anzchem Pty Limited Bo Tian Sugar Industry Company Limited British Sugar (Overseas) Limited British Sugar plc Casteggio Lieviti S.r.l. Cereform Limited Compañia Argentina de Levaduras S.A.I.C Food Investments Limited Foods International S.A.S. G. Costa and Company Limited George Weston Foods Limited George Weston Foods (NZ) Limited Germain’s (UK) Limited Guangxi Bo Hua Food Co., Ltd (71%) Guangxi Boqing Food Co., Ltd (60%) Guangxi Boxuan Food Co., Ltd (70%) Harbin Mauri Yeast Co., Ltd (85%) Hebei Mauri Food Co., Ltd Country of incorporation UK Spain Brazil Mexico Germany Finland UK Australia Philippines Thailand China Canada US Spain India Malaysia Vietnam US China China UK US Mexico Australia China UK UK Italy UK Argentina UK France UK Australia New Zealand UK China China China China China Manufacturing activities Illovo Sugar Limited (51%) Illovo Sugar (Malawi) Limited (39%) Jacksons of Piccadilly Limited Kilombero Sugar Company Limited (28%) Maragra Acucar SARL (46%) Mauri Fermentos II, SA (96%) Mauri Maya Sanayi A.S. Mauri Products Limited Patak’s Foods Limited PGP International, Inc. Premier Nutrition Products Limited R. Twining and Company Limited Shanghai AB Food & Beverages Co., Ltd SPI Pharma Inc. The Billington Food Group Limited The Jordans & Ryvita Company Limited (73%) Twinings North America Inc. Ubombo Sugar Limited (31%) Wander AG Yeast Products Company Zambia Sugar plc (42%) Retailing activities Lojas Primark Portugal-Exploracao, Gestao e Administracao de Espacos Comerciais S.A. Primark Primark Austria Ltd & Co.KG Primark Deutschland GmbH Primark Mode Ltd & Co.KG Primark Netherlands BV Primark NV Primark Stores Limited Primark Tiendas S.L.U. Investment and other activities AB Exploration Limited ABF European Holdings & Co SNC A.B.F. Holdings Limited ABF Investments plc ABF Overseas Limited ABF (UK) Limited Talisman Guernsey Limited Country of incorporation South Africa Malawi UK Tanzania Mozambique Portugal Turkey UK UK US UK UK China US UK UK US Swaziland Switzerland Republic of Ireland Zambia Portugal Republic of Ireland Austria Germany Germany Netherlands Belgium UK Spain UK Luxembourg UK UK UK UK Guernsey, Channel Islands The group’s interest in subsidiaries are all equity investments. British Sugar (Overseas) Limited operates subsidiaries in Asia. Other than this company, each subsidiary operates mainly in its country of incorporation. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 110 NOTES FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l 28. Group entities continued Interest in joint ventures and associates A list of the group’s significant interests in joint ventures and associates is given below: s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s f o r m n g p a r t o f i t h e ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s Joint ventures Levaduras Collico S.A. Roal Oy Qingdao Xinghua Cereal Oil & Foodstuff Co., Ltd Frontier Agriculture Limited Vivergo Fuels Limited Stratas Foods LLC Uniferm & Co. KG GmbH Associates C. Czarnikow Limited Harper-Love Adhesives Corporation New Food Coatings Pty Ltd Murray Bridge Bacon Pty Ltd Gledhow Sugar Company Limited Country of incorporation Issued ordinary share capital Group % Chile Finland China UK UK US Germany UK US Australia Australia South Africa CLP1,834,390,000 €3,196,000 CNY24,844,000 £36,000,104 £92,946,000 US$2 €2 £1,000,000 US$13,200 A$150,000 A$11,040,000 ZAR10,000 50 50 25 50 45 50 50 43 50 50 20 15 Each joint venture and associate carries out manufacturing and food processing activities and operates mainly in its country of incorporation. The companies listed herein are those subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates whose results or financial position, in the opinion of the directors, principally affected the figures shown in these annual accounts as a list of all group companies would result in information of excessive length being given. A full list of subsidiaries will be annexed to the next annual return of Associated British Foods plc delivered to the Registrar of Companies. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 COMPANY BALANCE SHEET at 15 September 2012 Fixed assets Intangible assets Investments in subsidiaries Current assets Debtors – due within one year – due after one year Cash at bank and in hand Creditors: amounts falling due within one year Bank loans and overdrafts – unsecured Other creditors Net current assets Total assets less current liabilities Creditors: amounts falling due after one year Bank loans – unsecured Amounts owed to subsidiaries Net assets excluding pension liability Net pension liability Net assets Capital and reserves Issued share capital Capital redemption reserve Profit and loss reserve including pension reserve Equity shareholders’ funds Note 1 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 2012 £m 24 640 664 3,232 1,113 162 4,507 (81) (2,666) (2,747) 1,760 2,424 (817) (1,228) (2,045) 379 (15) 364 45 2 317 364 2011 £m 29 633 662 3,268 1,208 3 4,479 (471) (1,765) (2,236) 2,243 2,905 (510) (2,034) (2,544) 361 (13) 348 45 2 301 348 The financial statements on pages 111 to 115 were approved by the board of directors on 6 November 2012 and were signed on its behalf by: 111 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | C o m p a n y b a l a n c e s h e e t / R e c o n c i l i a t i o n o f m o v e m e n t s i n e q u i t y s h a r e h o d e r s ’ l Charles Sinclair Chairman John Bason Director RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN EQUITY SHAREHOLDERS’ FUNDS for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 Profit for the financial year Net movement in own shares held Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme Dividends Net increase in equity shareholders’ funds Opening equity shareholders’ funds Closing equity shareholders’ funds f u n d s 2012 £m 209 8 (1) (200) 16 348 364 2011 £m 435 (8) – (190) 237 111 348 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 112 ACCOUNTING POLICIES for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | A c c o u n t i n g p o l i c i e s Basis of preparation The financial statements are presented in sterling, rounded to the nearest million. They are prepared under the historical cost convention, except that derivative financial instruments are stated at their fair value, and in accordance with applicable United Kingdom accounting standards (UK GAAP) and the Companies Act 2006. As permitted by section 408(4) of the Companies Act 2006, a separate profit and loss account for the Company has not been included in these financial statements. As permitted by FRS 1, no cash flow statement for the Company has been included on the grounds that the group includes the Company in its own published consolidated financial statements. As permitted by FRS 8, no related party disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly-owned subsidiaries have been included. The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in FRS 25 Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation, not to prepare a note to the financial statements relating to financial instruments as the information is available in the published financial statements of the group. Intangible assets – goodwill Intangible assets consist of goodwill arising on acquisitions since 17 September 1998, being the excess of the fair value of the purchase consideration of businesses over the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is capitalised in accordance with FRS 10 and amortised over its useful life, not exceeding 20 years. Goodwill previously written off against reserves has not been reinstated. Investments in subsidiaries Investments in subsidiaries are reported at cost less any provision for impairment. Financial instruments All financial assets and financial liabilities are measured initially at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs, and thereafter at amortised cost. Pensions and other post-employment beneﬁts The Company operates defined contribution and defined benefit pension schemes. Contributions to the defined contribution scheme are charged to the profit and loss account as they become payable. The principal defined benefit scheme is a multi-employer scheme and the Company is unable to identify its share of underlying assets and liabilities on a consistent and reasonable basis. Hence, contributions to this scheme are accounted for as if they were contributions to a defined contribution scheme. The Company has one small unfunded defined benefit scheme which it accounts for in accordance with FRS 17 using the advice of professional actuaries. The amount charged to the profit and loss account is the cost of benefits accruing to employees over the year, plus any benefit improvements granted to members during the year. It also includes a charge equal to the expected interest on plan liabilities over the year. The present value of plan liabilities is disclosed as a liability on the balance sheet net of any related deferred tax. Share-based payments The Share Incentive Plan allows employees of the Company to receive allocations of shares to be distributed subject to attainment of certain financial performance criteria and typically after a three-year performance period. The fair value of the shares to be awarded is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in reserves. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the executives become unconditionally entitled to the shares. The fair value of the shares allocated is measured taking into account the terms and conditions under which the shares were allocated. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of shares that vest. Where the Company grants allocations of shares to employees of its subsidiaries, these are accounted for on the same basis as for allocations to employees of the Company, except that the fair value is recognised as an increase to investment in subsidiaries with a corresponding increase in reserves. The Executive Share Option Scheme (2000) allows executives to acquire shares of the Company. The fair value of options granted is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in reserves. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the executives become unconditionally entitled to the options. The fair value of the options granted is measured using a binomial lattice model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest except where forfeiture is only due to share prices not achieving the threshold for vesting. Shares in the Company are held in a separate trust and are deducted in arriving at equity shareholders’ funds. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 113 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s t o t h e C o m p a n y ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 1. Intangible assets – goodwill Cost At 17 September 2011 and 15 September 2012 Amortisation At 17 September 2011 Provided during the year At 15 September 2012 Net book value Net book value at 17 September 2011 Net book value at 15 September 2012 2. Investments in subsidiaries At 17 September 2011 Additions At 15 September 2012 £m 71 42 5 47 29 24 £m 633 7 640 The additions relate to the allocation of shares under the Share Incentive Plan to employees of the Company’s subsidiaries. There were no provisions for impairment in either year. 3. Debtors Amounts falling due within one year Amounts owed by subsidiaries Other debtors Corporation tax recoverable Amounts falling due after one year Amounts owed by subsidiaries The directors consider that the carrying amount of debtors approximates their fair value. 4. Other creditors Amounts falling due within one year Other taxation and social security Accruals and deferred income Amounts owed to subsidiaries Amounts falling due after one year Amounts owed to subsidiaries The directors consider that the carrying amount of creditors approximates their fair value. 2012 £m 3,213 6 13 3,232 2011 £m 3,228 12 28 3,268 1,113 1,208 2012 £m 1 35 2,630 2,666 2011 £m 1 16 1,748 1,765 1,228 2,034 Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 114 NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s t o t h e C o m p a n y ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s for the 52 weeks ended 15 September 2012 5. Capital and reserves Issued and fully paid At 17 September 2011 and 15 September 2012 Ordinary shares of 515⁄22p each 000 Nominal value £m 791,674 45 At 15 September 2012, the Company’s issued share capital comprised 791,674,183 ordinary shares at 515/22p each, carrying one vote per share. At 17 September 2011 Profit for the year Net movement in own shares held Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme Dividends At 15 September 2012 Share capital £m 45 – – – – 45 Capital redemption reserve £m 2 – – – – 2 Profit and loss reserve £m 301 209 8 (1) (200) 317 Total £m 348 209 8 (1) (200) 364 Capital redemption reserve The capital redemption reserve arose following redemption of two million £1 deferred shares at par in 2010. Dividends Details of dividends paid and proposed are provided in note 6 to the consolidated financial statements. Own shares held reserve and share-based payments Ordinary shares already issued and subject to option under the Executive Share Option Scheme 2000, or subject to allocation under the Associated British Foods Executive Share Incentive Plan 2003, are held in a separate Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust. The Trust is funded by the Company. Voting rights attached to shares held by the Trust are exercisable by the trustee, who is entitled to consider any recommendation made by a committee of the Company. At 15 September 2012, the Trust held 2,769,023 (2011 – 3,815,490) ordinary shares of the Company. The market value of these shares at the year end was £35m (2011 – £43m). The Trust has waived its right to dividends. Refer to note 22 of the consolidated financial statements for further information on the group and Company’s share-based payment plans. 6. Contingent liabilities Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within its group, the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements and accounts for them as such. The guarantee contract is treated as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make a payment under the guarantee. The Company has provided £107m of guarantees in the ordinary course of business as at 15 September 2012 (2011 – £57m). Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 115 i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | N o t e s t o t h e C o m p a n y ﬁ n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s 7. Related parties The Company has a controlling related party relationship with its parent company, Wittington Investments Limited, which is also its ultimate parent company. The Company also has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures and directors. In the course of normal operations, related party transactions entered into by the Company have been contracted on an arm’s length basis. Material transactions and year end balances with related parties (excluding wholly-owned subsidiaries) were as follows: Charges to Wittington Investments Limited in respect of services provided by the Company Charges to a fellow subsidiary Dividends paid by the Company and received in a beneficial capacity by: (i) (ii) directors of Wittington Investments Limited who are not trustees of the Foundation (iii) directors of the Company who are not trustees of the Foundation and are not directors of Wittington Investments Limited trustees of the Garfield Weston Foundation (iv) a member of the Weston family employed within the Associated British Foods group Charges to non-wholly owned subsidiaries Interest income earned from non-wholly owned subsidiaries Interest paid to non-wholly owned subsidiaries Amounts due from non-wholly owned subsidiaries Amounts due to non-wholly owned subsidiaries Sub note 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2012 £000 330 48 7,143 1,120 21 746 929 568 330 58,475 33,700 2011 £000 249 – 6,960 952 18 706 844 50 – 973 9 1. Details of the nature of the relationships with these bodies are set out in note 27 of the consolidated financial statements. 2. Details of the Company’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are set out in note 28 of the consolidated financial statements. 8. Other information Emoluments of directors The remuneration of the directors of the Company is shown in the Remuneration report for the group on page 58. Employees The Company had an average of 116 employees in 2012 (2011 – 109). The Company is a member of the Associated British Foods Pension Scheme, providing benefits based on final pensionable pay. Because the Company is unable to identify its share of the scheme’s assets and liabilities on a consistent basis, as permitted by FRS 17, the scheme is accounted for by the Company as if it were a defined contribution scheme. On 30 September 2002 the scheme was closed to new members, with defined contribution arrangements introduced for these members. For the defined contribution scheme, the pension costs are the contributions payable. The last actuarial valuation of the Associated British Foods Pension Scheme was carried out as at 5 April 2011. At the valuation date the total market value of the assets of the scheme was £2,559m and represented 101% of the benefits that had accrued to members after allowing for expected future increases in earnings. By agreement with the trustees the Company agreed to eliminate the deficit identified at the time of the triennial actuarial valuation of the Scheme in 2008 with five annual payments of £30m. The fourth of these payments was made in March 2012, and although the fund was in surplus at the time of the most recent valuation, the Company has agreed to make the final payment in March 2013. The particulars of the actuarial valuation of the scheme are contained in note 12 in the consolidated financial statements. There is no material difference in the valuation methodologies under IAS 19 and FRS 17. Auditors’ fees Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements of the group provides details of the remuneration of the Company’s auditors on a group basis. Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 116 PROGRESS REPORT Saturday nearest to 15 September i F n a n c a i l s t a t e m e n t s | P r o g r e s s r e p o r t / C o m p a n y d i r e c t o r y 2008 £m 8,235 664 (46) (74) 10 – 5 21 (74) 21 527 (136) 391 45.2 54.9 20.25 2009 £m 9,255 720 – (82) (1) (12) (65) 17 (95) 13 495 (112) 383 45.5 57.7 21.0 2010 £m 10,167 909 – (81) (9) – 28 12 (88) (8) 763 (194) 569 69.3 72.2 23.8 2011 £m 11,065 920 – (83) 5 – – 9 (101) 7 757 (180) 577 68.7 74.0 24.75 2012 £m 12,252 1,077 (98) (100) (6) – (9) 9 (114) 2 761 (178) 583 70.3 87.2 28.50 Brokers Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited One Cabot Square London E14 4QJ Panmure Gordon & Co One New Change London EC4M 9AF Timetable Interim dividend paid 6 July 2012 Final dividend to be paid 11 January 2013 Annual general meeting 7 December 2012 Interim results to be announced 23 April 2013 Website www.abf.co.uk Revenue Adjusted operating profit Exceptional items Amortisation of non-operating intangibles Profits less losses on disposal of non-current assets Inventory fair value adjustment Profits less losses on sale and closure of businesses Finance income Finance expense Other financial income/(expense) Profit before taxation Taxation Profit for the period Basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share (pence) Adjusted earnings per share (pence) Dividends per share (pence) COMPANY DIRECTORY Associated British Foods plc Registered office Weston Centre 10 Grosvenor Street London W1K 4QY Company registered in England, number 293262 Company Secretary Paul Lister Registrars and transfer ofﬁce Equiniti Aspect House Spencer Road Lancing BN99 6DA Auditors KPMG Audit Plc Chartered Accountants Bankers Barclays Bank plc Lloyds Banking Group plc The Royal Bank of Scotland plc Associated British Foods Annual Report and Accounts 2012 This report contains forward-looking statements. These have been made by the directors in good faith based on the information available to them up to the time of their approval of this report. The directors can give no assurance that these expectations will prove to have been correct. Due to the inherent uncertainties, including both economic and business risk factors underlying such forward-looking information, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. The directors undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Design and production C O N R A N D E S I G N G R O U P Photography Igor Emmerich Chris Horwood Alex Wilson Print Printed by Park Communications on FSC® certiﬁed paper. Park is an EMAS certiﬁed CarbonNeutral ® Company and its Environmental Management System is certiﬁed to ISO14001. 100% of the inks used are vegetable oil based, 95% of press chemicals are recycled for further use and, on average 99% of any waste associated with this production will be recycled. This document is printed on Revive 50:50 White Silk, a paper containing 50% recycled ﬁbre (25% post consumer waste and 25% pre consumer waste) and 50% virgin ﬁbre sourced from well managed, sustainable, FSC certiﬁed forests. The pulp used in this product is bleached using an elemental chlorine free (TCF) process. The unavoidable carbon emissions generated during the manufacture and delivery of this document, have been reduced to net zero through a veriﬁed carbon offsetting project. ASSOCIATED BRITISH FOODS PLC Weston Centre 10 Grosvenor Street London W1K 4QY Tel + 44 (0) 20 7399 6500 Fax + 44 (0) 20 7399 6580 For an accessible version of the Annual Report and Accounts please visit www.abf.co.uk

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above